summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/62434-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/62434-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/62434-0.txt6959
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 6959 deletions
diff --git a/old/62434-0.txt b/old/62434-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index c3e3ec7..0000000
--- a/old/62434-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6959 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Times of Akhnaton, by
-Arthur Edward Pearse Weigall
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: The Life and Times of Akhnaton
- Pharaoh of Egypt
-
-Author: Arthur Edward Pearse Weigall
-
-Release Date: June 20, 2020 [EBook #62434]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND TIMES OF AKHNATON ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by John Campbell and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE
-
- Italic text is denoted by _underscores_.
-
- Footnote anchors are denoted by [number], and the footnotes have
- been placed at the end of the book.
-
- Footnotes [79] and [82] have a translation of some heiroglyphic
- words, using several accented characters. These will display,
- using Unicode combining diacriticals, on this device as
- ȧ (a with dot above)
- ḥ and Ḥ (h and H with dot below)
- a͑ and A͑ (a and A with half left circle above)
-
- Pages 155 and 156 of the original book have a two-column side by
- side comparison of “Akhnaton’s Hymn” and “Psalm CIV”. The Psalm
- has been placed under the Hymn in this etext.
-
- Some minor changes to the text are noted at the end of the book.
-
-
-
-
- _BY THE SAME AUTHOR._
-
-
- Crown 8vo, 7s. 6d. net. With numerous Illustrations.
-
- TRAVELS IN THE UPPER EGYPTIAN DESERTS.
-
- “Since the times of Eliot Warburton and Kinglake many writers
- have celebrated the delights of travel in the desert. None, I
- think, has realised the fascination of the desert more fully than
- Mr Weigall.”--_Westminster Gazette._
-
- JOHN WARD, F.S.A. (author of ‘Pyramids and Progress,’ &c.),
- writes: “... The very best book of travel ... I have seen for
- years; so interesting that it can be read with pleasure by people
- who know not Egypt, and so unpretendingly scientific ... that
- to one who is an expert Egyptologist it is a treasure-trove.
- The language is so clear, the descriptive portions so graphic,
- and yet the style so simple, that the work is, in its way,
- a masterpiece. Then the clear type, the handy size, and the
- exquisite photographs make the book a rare possession.”
-
-
- Demy 8vo. With Illustrations. 7s. 6d. net.
-
- “Interesting and readable in no common degree.”--_Scotsman._
-
- THE TREASURY OF ANCIENT EGYPT.
-
- Chapters on Ancient Egyptian History and Archæology.
-
- Mr Weigall has performed a remarkable literary feat. He has
- truly made dry bones live, and has presented his researches in
- Egyptology in a manner so fascinating as to arouse the enthusiasm
- of the patrons of the circulating libraries. Of this volume it is
- enough to say that it is worthy of the author of ‘The Life and
- Times of Akhnaton.’
-
-
- WM. BLACKWOOD & SONS, EDINBURGH AND LONDON.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: PAVEMENT DECORATION FROM THE PALACE OF AMONHOTEP III.]
-
-
-
-
- The Life and Times of
-
- Akhnaton
-
-
-
-
- The Life and Times of
-
- Akhnaton
-
- Pharaoh of Egypt
-
-
- BY
-
- ARTHUR E. P. WEIGALL
-
- CHIEF INSPECTOR OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ANTIQUITIES, UPPER EGYPT
-
- AUTHOR OF ‘A REPORT ON THE ANTIQUITIES OF LOWER NUBIA,’
- ‘A CATALOGUE OF THE WEIGHTS AND BALANCES IN THE CAIRO
- MUSEUM,’ ‘A GUIDE TO THE ANTIQUITIES OF UPPER EGYPT,’
- ‘DIE MASTABA DES GEMNIKAI’ (WITH PROFESSOR VON
- BISSING), ‘TRAVELS IN THE UPPER EGYPTIAN
- DESERTS,’ ETC.
-
-
- “Ye ask who are those that draw us to the Kingdom if the Kingdom
- is in Heaven? The fowls of the air, and all the beasts that are
- under the earth or upon the earth, and the fishes of the sea, these
- are they which draw you, and the Kingdom of Heaven is within you.”
- --GRENFELL AND HUNT: _Oxyrhynchus Papyri_, iv. 6.
-
-
- SECOND IMPRESSION
-
-
- William Blackwood and Sons
- Edinburgh and London
- 1911
-
- _ALL RIGHTS RESERVED_
-
-
-
-
- _TO_
-
- _THEODORE M. DAVIS,_
-
- _THE DISCOVERER OF_
- _THE BONES OF AKHNATON_,
-
- This Book is Dedicated.
-
-
-
-
- CONTENTS.
-
-
- PAGE
- INTRODUCTION 1
-
-
- I.
-
- THE PARENTS AND GRANDPARENTS OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE ANCESTORS OF AKHNATON 7
- 2. THE GODS OF EGYPT 11
- 3. THE DEMIGODS AND SPIRITS--THE PRIESTHOODS 18
- 4. THOTHMES IV. AND MUTEMUA 21
- 5. YUAA AND TUAU 25
- 6. AMONHOTEP III. AND HIS COURT 33
-
-
- II.
-
- THE BIRTH AND EARLY YEARS OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE BIRTH OF AKHNATON 42
- 2. THE RISE OF ATON 45
- 3. THE POWER OF QUEEN TIY 49
- 4. AKHNATON’S MARRIAGE 53
- 5. THE ACCESSION OF AKHNATON 58
- 6. THE FIRST YEARS OF AKHNATON’S REIGN 62
- 7. THE NEW ART 68
- 8. THE NEW RELIGION DEVELOPS 76
- 9. THE NATURE OF THE NEW RELIGION 84
-
-
- III.
-
- AKHNATON FOUNDS A NEW CITY.
-
- 1. THE BREAK WITH THE PRIESTHOOD OF AMON-RA 88
- 2. AKHNATON SELECTS THE SITE OF HIS CITY 92
- 3. THE FIRST FOUNDATION INSCRIPTION 94
- 4. THE SECOND FOUNDATION INSCRIPTION 101
- 5. THE DEPARTURE FROM THEBES 105
- 6. THE AGE OF AKHNATON 110
-
-
- IV.
-
- AKHNATON FORMULATES THE RELIGION OF ATON.
-
- 1. ATON THE TRUE GOD 115
- 2. ATON THE TENDER FATHER OF ALL CREATION 118
- 3. ATON WORSHIPPED AT SUNRISE AND SUNSET 124
- 4. THE GOODNESS OF ATON 127
- 5. AKHNATON THE “SON OF GOD” BY TRADITIONAL RIGHT 130
- 6. THE CONNECTIONS OF THE ATON WORSHIP WITH OLDER
- RELIGIONS 135
- 7. THE SPIRITUAL NEEDS OF THE SOUL AFTER DEATH 138
- 8. THE MATERIAL NEEDS OF THE SOUL 143
-
-
- V.
-
- THE TENTH TO THE TWELFTH YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE HYMNS OF THE ATON WORSHIPPERS 149
- 2. THE SIMILARITY OF AKHNATON’S HYMN TO PSALM CIV. 155
- 3. MERYRA IS MADE HIGH PRIEST OF ATON 157
- 4. THE ROYAL FAMILY VISIT THE TEMPLE 162
- 5. AKHNATON IN HIS PALACE 167
- 6. HISTORICAL EVENTS OF THIS PERIOD OF AKHNATON’S REIGN 169
- 7. QUEEN TIY VISITS THE CITY OF THE HORIZON 176
- 8. TIY VISITS HER TEMPLE 182
- 9. THE DEATH OF QUEEN TIY 184
-
-
- VI.
-
- THE THIRTEENTH TO THE FIFTEENTH YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RELIGION OF ATON 189
- 2. AKHNATON OBLITERATES THE NAME OF AMON 193
- 3. THE GREAT TEMPLE OF ATON 198
- 4. THE BEAUTY OF THE CITY 202
- 5. AKHNATON’S AFFECTION FOR HIS FAMILY 208
- 6. AKHNATON’S FRIENDS 213
- 7. AKHNATON’S TROUBLES 217
-
-
- VII.
-
- THE LAST TWO YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE HITTITE INVASION OF SYRIA 223
- 2. AKHNATON’S CONSCIENTIOUS OBJECTIONS TO WARFARE 226
- 3. THE FAITHLESSNESS OF AZIRU 230
- 4. THE FIGHTING IN SYRIA BECOMES GENERAL 235
- 5. AZIRU AND RIBADDI FIGHT TO A FINISH 239
- 6. AKHNATON CONTINUES TO REFUSE TO SEND HELP 243
- 7. AKHNATON’S HEALTH GIVES WAY 246
- 8. AKHNATON’S LAST DAYS AND DEATH 252
-
-
- VIII.
-
- THE FALL OF THE RELIGION OF AKHNATON.
-
- 1. THE BURIAL OF AKHNATON 258
- 2. THE COURT RETURNS TO THEBES 264
- 3. THE REIGN OF HOREMHEB 268
- 4. THE PERSECUTION OF AKHNATON’S MEMORY 272
- 5. THE FINDING OF THE BODY OF AKHNATON 276
-
-
- INDEX 285
-
-
-
-
- ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- PAGE
-
- PAVEMENT DECORATION FROM THE PALACE OF AMONHOTEP III.
- (_coloured_) _Frontispiece_
-
- CEILING DECORATION FROM THE PALACE OF AMONHOTEP III.
- (_coloured_) 36
-
- THOTHMES IV. SLAYING ASIATICS 22
-
- TUAU, GRANDMOTHER OF AKHNATON 26
-
- CHEST BELONGING TO YUAA 28
-
- QUEEN TIY 30
-
- YUAA, GRANDFATHER OF AKHNATON 32
-
- AMONHOTEP-SON-OF-HAPU, THE “WISE MAN” OF THE COURT
- OF AMONHOTEP III. 34
-
- SITE OF THE PALACE OF QUEEN TIY 38
-
- COFFIN OF YUAA 40
-
- AMONHOTEP III. 54
-
- AKHNATON 58
-
- THE ART OF AKHNATON COMPARED WITH ARCHAIC ART 72
-
- THE ARTIST AUTA 76
-
- AKHNATON AND NEFERTITI WITH THEIR THREE DAUGHTERS 108
-
- THE HEAD OF THE MUMMY OF THOTHMES IV., THE GRANDFATHER
- OF AKHNATON 110
-
- AKHNATON DRIVING WITH HIS WIFE AND DAUGHTER 130
-
- AKHNATON AND HIS WIFE AND CHILDREN 134
-
- AN EXAMPLE OF THE FRIENDLY RELATIONS BETWEEN SYRIA
- AND EGYPT 190
-
- CARVED WOODEN CHAIR, THE DESIGNS PARTLY COVERED
- WITH GOLD-LEAF 202
-
- AKHNATON. (_From a Statuette in the Louvre_) 206
-
- HEAD OF AKHNATON’S DAUGHTER 208
-
- LETTER FROM RIBADDI TO THE KING OF EGYPT, REPORTING
- THE PROGRESS OF THE REBELLION UNDER AZIRU. (_British
- Museum, No. 29,801_) 234
-
- DEATH MASK OF AKHNATON 258
-
- THE TEMPLE AT LUXOR 270
-
-
- MAP OF AKHETATON, THE CITY OF THE HORIZON OF ATON
- (TEL EL AMARNA) _At end._
-
-
-
-
- “How much Akhnaton understood we cannot say, but he had certainly
- bounded forward in his views and symbolism to a position which
- we cannot logically improve upon at the present day.”--PETRIE:
- ‘History of Egypt.’
-
-
-
-
- THE LIFE AND TIMES OF AKHNATON.
-
-
-
-
- INTRODUCTION.
-
-
-The reign of Akhnaton, for seventeen years Pharaoh of Egypt (from
-B.C. 1375 to 1358), stands out as the most interesting epoch in the
-long sequence of Egyptian history. We have watched the endless line
-of dim Pharaohs go by, each lit momentarily by the pale lamp of our
-present knowledge, and most of them have left little impression
-upon the mind. They are so misty and far off, they have been
-dead and gone for such thousands of years, that they have almost
-entirely lost their individuality. We call out some royal name,
-and in response a vague figure passes into view, stiffly moves
-its arms, and passes again into the darkness. With one there comes
-the muffled noise of battle; with another there is singing and
-the sound of music; with yet another the wailing of the oppressed
-drifts by. But at the name Akhnaton there emerges from the darkness
-a figure more clear than that of any other Pharaoh, and with it
-there comes the singing of birds, the laughter of children, and the
-scent of many flowers. For once we may look right into the mind
-of a king of Egypt and may see something of its workings; and all
-that is there observed is worthy of admiration. Akhnaton has been
-called “the first individual in human history”;[1] but if he is
-thus the first historical figure whose personality is known to us,
-he is also the first of all human founders of religious doctrines.
-Akhnaton may be ranked in degree of time, and perhaps also in
-degree of genius, as the world’s first idealist; and, since in all
-ancient Oriental research there never has been, and probably never
-will be, brought before us a subject of such intellectual interest
-as this Pharaoh’s religious revolution, which marks the first point
-in the study of advanced human thought, a careful consideration of
-this short reign deserves to be made.
-
-The following pages do not pretend to do more than acquaint the
-reader with the subject, at a time when, owing to the recent
-discovery of the Pharaoh’s bones, some interest may have been
-aroused in his career. A series of volumes have lately been issued
-by the Egypt Exploration Fund,[2] in which accurate copies are to
-be found of the reliefs, paintings, and inscriptions upon the walls
-of the tombs of some of Akhnaton’s disciples and followers. In the
-year 1893 Professor Flinders Petrie excavated the site of the city
-which the Pharaoh founded, and published the results of his work
-in a volume entitled ‘Tell el Amarna.’[3] Recently Professor J. H.
-Breasted has devoted some space to a masterly study of this period
-in his ‘History of Egypt’ and ‘Ancient Records of Egypt.’[4] From
-these publications the reader will be able to refer himself to the
-remaining literature dealing with the subject; but he should bear
-in mind that the discovery[5] of the bones of Akhnaton himself,
-which have shown us how old he was when he died--namely, about
-twenty-eight years of age,--have modified many of the deductions
-there made. Those who have travelled in Egypt will probably have
-visited the site of Akhnaton’s city, near the modern village of El
-Amarna; and in the museums of Cairo, London, Paris, Berlin, Vienna,
-Leiden, and elsewhere, they will perhaps have seen some of the
-relics of his age.
-
-During the last few years an extraordinary series of discoveries
-has been made in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes.
-In 1903 the tomb of Thothmes IV., the paternal grandfather of
-Akhnaton, was discovered; in 1905 the tomb of Yuaa and Tuau, the
-maternal grandparents of Akhnaton, was found; in 1907 Akhnaton’s
-body was discovered in the tomb of his mother, Queen Tiy; and
-in 1908 the tomb of the Pharaoh Horemheb, one of the immediate
-successors of Akhnaton, was brought to light. At all but the
-first of these discoveries the present writer had the pleasure
-of assisting; and a particular interest in the period was thus
-engendered, of which the following sketch, prepared during an Upper
-Egyptian summer, is an outcome. It must be understood, however,
-that a volume written at such times as the exigencies of official
-work allowed--partly in the shade of the rocks beside the Nile,
-partly at railway-stations or in the train, partly amidst the ruins
-of ancient temples, and partly in the darkened rooms of official
-quarters--cannot claim the value of a treatise prepared in an
-English study where books of reference are always at hand. It is
-hoped, however, that no errors have been made in the statement of
-the facts; and the deductions drawn therefrom are frankly open to
-the reader’s criticism. There will certainly be no two opinions
-as to the acknowledgment of the originality, the power, and the
-idealism of the Pharaoh whose life is now to be outlined.[6]
-
-
-
-
- I.
-
- THE PARENTS AND GRANDPARENTS OF AKHNATON.
-
-
- 1. THE ANCESTORS OF AKHNATON.
-
-The Eighteenth Dynasty of Egyptian kings took possession of the
-throne of the Pharaohs in the year 1580 B.C., over thirteen hundred
-years after the buildings of the great pyramids, and some two
-thousand years after the beginning of dynastic history in the
-Nile Valley. The founder of the dynasty was the Pharaoh Aahmes I.
-He drove out the Asiatics who had overrun the country during the
-previous century, and pursued them into the heart of Syria. His
-successor, Amonhotep I., penetrated as far as the territory between
-the Orontes and the Euphrates; and the next king, Thothmes I., was
-able to set his boundary-stone at the northern limits of Syria, and
-thus could call himself the ruler of the entire east end of the
-Mediterranean, the emperor of all the countries from Asia Minor to
-the Sudan. Thothmes II., the succeeding Pharaoh, was occupied with
-wars in his southern dominions; but his successor, the famous Queen
-Hatshepsut, was able to devote the years of her reign to the arts
-of peace.
-
-She was followed by the great warrior Thothmes III., who conducted
-campaign after campaign in Syria, and raised the prestige of Egypt
-to a point never attained before or after that time. Every year he
-returned to Thebes, his capital, laden with the spoils of Asia.
-From the capture of the city of Megiddo alone he carried away 924
-splendid chariots, 2238 horses, 2400 head of various kinds of
-cattle, 200 shining suits of armour, including those of two kings,
-quantities of gold and silver, the royal sceptre, the gorgeous tent
-of one of the kings, and many minor articles. Booty of like value
-was brought in from other shattered kingdoms, and the Egyptian
-treasuries were full to overflowing. The temples of the gods also
-received their share of the riches, and their altars groaned
-under the weight of the offerings. Cyprus, Crete, and perhaps the
-islands of the Ægean, sent their yearly tribute to Thebes, whose
-streets, for the first time in their history, were thronged with
-foreigners. Here were to be seen the long-robed Asiatics bearing
-vases fresh from the hands of Tyrian craftsmen; here were chariots
-mounted with gold and electrum drawn by prancing Syrian horses;
-here were Phœnician merchants with their precious wares stripped
-from the kingdoms of the sea; here were negroes bearing their
-barbaric treasures to the palace. The Egyptian soldiers held their
-heads high as they walked through these streets, for they were
-feared by all the world. The talk was everywhere of conquest, and
-the tales of adventure now related remained current in Egypt for
-many a century. War-songs were composed, and hymns of battle were
-inscribed upon the temple walls. The spirit of the age will be seen
-in the following lines, in which the god Amon addresses Thothmes
-III.:--
-
- “I have come, giving thee to smite the princes of Zahi,
- I have hurled them beneath thy feet among their highlands....
- Thou hast trampled those who are in the districts of Punt,
- I have made them see thy majesty as a circling star....
- Crete and Cyprus are in terror....
- Those who are in the midst of the great sea hear thy roarings;
- I have made them see thy majesty as an avenger,
- Rising upon the back of his slain victim....
- I have made them see thy majesty as a fierce-eyed lion,
- While thou makest them corpses in their valleys....”
-
-It was a fierce and a splendid age--the zenith of Egypt’s great
-history. The next king, Amonhotep II., carried on the conquests
-with a degree of ferocity not previously apparent. He himself was
-a man of great physical strength, who could draw a bow which none
-of his soldiers could use. He led his armies into his restless
-Asiatic dominions, and having captured seven rebellious Syrian
-kings, he hung them head downwards from the prow of his galley as
-he approached Thebes, and later sacrificed six of them to Amon
-with his own hand. The seventh he carried up to a distant city of
-the Sudan, and there hung him upon the gateway as a warning to all
-rebels. Dying in the year 1420 B.C., he left the throne to his son,
-Thothmes IV., the grandfather of Akhnaton, who at his accession
-was about eighteen years of age.[7]
-
-
- 2. THE GODS OF EGYPT.
-
-With the reign of Thothmes IV. we reach a period of history in
-which the beginnings are to be observed of certain religious
-movements, which become more apparent in the time of his son
-Amonhotep III. and his grandson Akhnaton. We must look, therefore,
-more closely at the events of this reign, and must especially
-observe their religious aspect. For this reason, and also in order
-that the reader may the more readily appreciate, by contrast, the
-pure teachings of the Pharaoh whose life forms the subject of the
-following pages, it will be necessary to glance at the nature of
-the religions which now held sway. Egypt had at this time existed
-as a civilised nation for over two thousand years, during the
-whole of which period these religious beliefs had been developing;
-and now they were so engrained in the hearts of the people that
-changes, however slight, assumed revolutionary proportions,
-requiring a master-mind for their initiation, and a hand of iron
-for their carrying into execution. At the time of which we now
-write, this mind and this hand had not yet come into existence, and
-the old gods of Egypt were at the zenith of their power.
-
-Of these gods Amon, the presiding deity of Thebes, was the most
-powerful. He had been originally the tribal god of the Thebans, but
-when that city had become the capital of Egypt, he had risen to
-be the state god of the country. The sun-god Ra, or Ra-Horakhti,
-originally the deity of Heliopolis, a city not far from the modern
-Cairo, had been the state god in earlier times, and the priests of
-Amon contrived to identify the two deities under the name “Amon-Ra,
-King of the Gods.” Amon had several forms. He was usually regarded
-as a man of shining countenance, upon whose head two tall feathers
-arose from a golden cap. Sometimes, however, he assumed the form
-of a heavy-horned ram. Sometimes, again, he adopted the appearance
-of a brother god, named Min, who was later identified with the
-Greek Pan; and it may be mentioned in passing that the goat-form
-of the Greek deity may have been derived from this Min-Amon of the
-Thebans. On occasions Amon would take upon himself the likeness of
-the reigning Pharaoh, choosing a moment when the monarch was away
-or was asleep, and in this manner he would obtain admittance to the
-queen’s bed-chamber. Amonhotep III. himself was said to be the son
-of a union of this nature, though at the same time he did not deny
-that his earthly father was Thothmes IV. Amon delighted in battle,
-and gave willing assistance to the Pharaohs as they clubbed the
-heads of their enemies or cut their throats. It is possible that,
-like other of the Egyptian gods, he was but a deified chieftain
-of the prehistoric period whose love of battle had never been
-forgotten.
-
-The goddess Mut, “the Mother,” was the consort of Amon, who would
-sometimes come to earth to nurse the king’s son at her breast. By
-Amon she had a son, Khonsu, who formed the third member of the
-Theban trinity. He was the god of the Moon, and was very fair to
-look upon.
-
-Such were the Theban deities, whose influence upon the court was
-necessarily great. The Heliopolitan worship of the sun had also a
-very considerable degree of power at the palace. The god Ra was
-believed to have reigned as Pharaoh upon earth in the dim ages of
-the past, and it was thought that the successive sovereigns of
-Egypt were his direct descendants, though this tradition actually
-did not date from a period earlier than the Fifth Dynasty. “Son of
-the Sun” was one of the proudest titles of the Pharaohs, and the
-personal name of each successive monarch was held by him in the
-official titulary as the representative of Ra. While on earth Ra
-had had the misfortune to be bitten by a snake, and had been cured
-by the goddess Isis, who had demanded in return the revealing of
-the god’s magical name. This was at last told her; but for fear
-that the secret would come to the ears of his subjects, Ra decided
-to bring about a general massacre of mankind. The slaughter was
-carried out by the goddess Hathor in her form of Sekhmet, a fierce
-lion-headed woman, who delighted to wade in streams of blood; but
-when only the half of mankind had been slain, Ra repented, and
-brought the massacre to an end by causing the goddess to become
-drunk, by means of a gruesome potion of blood and wine. Weary,
-however, with the cares of state, he decided to retire into the
-heavens, and there, as the sun, he daily sailed in his boat from
-horizon to horizon. At dawn he was called Khepera, and had the
-form of a beetle; at noon he was Ra; and at sunset he took the
-name of Atum, a word derived from the Syrian Adon, “Lord,” better
-known to us in its Greek translation “Adonis.” As the rising and
-the setting sun--that is to say, the sun near the horizon--he was
-called Ra-Horakhti, a name which the reader must bear in mind.
-
-The goddess Isis, mentioned in the above tradition, was the consort
-of Osiris, originally a Lower Egyptian deity. Like Ra, this god had
-also reigned upon earth, but had been murdered by his brother Set,
-his death being ultimately revenged by his son Horus, the hawk.
-Thus Osiris, Isis, and Horus formed a trinity, which at this time
-was mainly worshipped at Abydos, a city of Upper Egypt, where it
-was thought that Osiris had been buried. Having thus ceased to
-live upon earth, Osiris became the great King of the Underworld,
-and all persons prayed to him for their future welfare after death.
-
-Meanwhile Horus, the hawk, was the tribal god of more than one
-city. At Edfu he was worshipped as the conqueror of Set; and in
-this manifestation he was the husband of Hathor, the lady of
-Dendereh, a city some considerable distance from Edfu. At Ombos,
-however, Set was worshipped, and in the local religion there was
-no trace of aught but the most friendly relations between Set and
-Horus. The goddess Hathor, at the same time, had become patron of
-the Western Hills, and in one of her earthly forms--namely, that of
-a cow--she is often seen emerging from her cavern in the cliffs.
-
-At Memphis the tribal god was the little dwarf Ptah, the European
-Vulcan, the blacksmith, the artificer, and the potter of the gods.
-In this city also, as in many other districts of Egypt, there was
-a sacred bull, here called Apis, who was worshipped with divine
-honours and was regarded as an aspect of Ptah. At Elephantine a
-ram-headed deity named Khnum was adored, and there was a sacred
-ram kept in his temple for ceremonial purposes. As Khnum had some
-connection with the First Cataract of the Nile, which is situated
-near Elephantine, he was regarded as of some importance throughout
-Egypt. Moreover, he was supposed by some to have used the mud at
-the bottom of the Nile to form the first human being, and thus he
-found a place in the mythology of several districts.
-
-A vulture, named Nekheb, was the tribal deity of the trading city
-of Eileithiaspolis; a ferocious crocodile, Sebek, was the god of
-a second city of the name of Ombos; an ibis, Thoth, was that of
-Hermopolis; a cat, Bast, that of Bubastis; and so on--almost every
-city having its tribal god. Besides these there were other more
-abstract deities: Nut, the heavens, who, in the form of a woman,
-spread herself across the sky; Seb, the earth; Shu, the vastness
-of space; and so forth. The old gods of Egypt were indeed a
-multitude. Here were those who had marched into the country at the
-head of conquering tribes; here were ancient heroes and Chieftains
-individually deified, or often identified with the god whom their
-tribe had served; here were the elements personified; here the orbs
-of heaven which man could see above him. As intercourse between
-city and city became more general, one set of beliefs had been
-brought into line with another, and myths had developed to explain
-the discrepancies. Thus in the time of Thothmes IV. the heavens
-were crowded with gods; but standing above them all, the reader
-will do well to familiarise himself with the figure of Amon-Ra, the
-god of Thebes, and with Ra-Horakhti, the god of Heliopolis. In the
-following pages the lesser denizens of the Egyptian Olympus play
-no great part, save as a routed army hurled back into the ignorant
-darkness from which they came.
-
-
- 3. THE DEMIGODS AND SPIRITS--THE PRIESTHOODS.
-
-The sacred bulls and rams mentioned above were relics of an ancient
-animal-worship, the origin of which is lost in the obscurity of
-prehistory. The Egyptians paid homage to a variety of animals, and
-almost every city or district possessed its particular species to
-which special protection was extended. At Hermopolis and in other
-parts of Egypt the baboon was sacred, as well as the ibis, which
-typified the god Thoth. Cats were sacred both at Bubastis, where
-the cat-goddess, Bast, resided, and in various other districts.
-Crocodiles were very generally held in reverence, and several river
-fish were thus treated. The snake was much feared and reverenced;
-and, as a pertinent example of this superstition, it may be
-mentioned that Amonhotep III., the father of Akhnaton, placed a
-figure of the agathodemon serpent in a temple at Benha. The cobra
-was reverenced as the symbol of Uazet, the goddess of the Delta,
-and, first used as a royal emblem by the archaic kings of that
-country, it became the main emblem of sovereignty in Pharaonic
-times. It is unnecessary here to look more closely at this aspect
-of Egyptian religion; and but a word need be said of the thousand
-demons and spirits which, together with the gods and the sacred
-animals, crowded the regions of the unknown. Many were the names
-which the magician might call upon in the hour of his need, and
-many were the awful forms which the soul of a man who had died
-was liable to meet. Osiris, the great god of the dead, was served
-by four such genii, and under his authority there sat no less
-than forty-two terrible demons whose business it was to judge the
-quavering soul. The numerous gates of the underworld were guarded
-by monsters whose names alone would strike terror into the heart,
-and the unfortunate soul had to repeat endless and peculiarly
-tedious formulæ before admittance was granted.
-
-To minister to these hosts of heaven there had of necessity to be
-vast numbers of priests. At Thebes the priesthood of Amon formed
-an organisation of such power and wealth that the actions of the
-Pharaoh had largely come to be controlled by it. The High Priest
-of Amon-Ra was one of the most important personages in the land,
-and his immediate subordinates, the Second, Third, and Fourth
-Priests, as they were called, were usually nobles of the highest
-rank. The High Priest of Amon was at this period often Grand Vizir
-also, and thus combined the highest civil appointment with the
-highest sacerdotal office. The priesthood of Ra at Heliopolis,
-although of far less power than that of Amon, was also a body of
-great importance. The High Priest was known as “the Great One of
-Visions,” and he was probably less of a politician and more of
-a priest than his Theban colleague. The High Priest of Ptah at
-Memphis was called “the Great Master Artificer,” Ptah being the
-Vulcan of Egypt. He, however, and the many other high priests of
-the various gods, did not rank with the two great leaders of the
-Amon and the Ra priesthoods.
-
-
- 4. THOTHMES IV. AND MUTEMUA.
-
-When Thothmes IV. ascended the throne he was confronted by a very
-serious political problem. The Heliopolitan priesthood at this
-time was chafing against the power of Amon, and was striving to
-restore the somewhat fallen prestige of its own god Ra, who in
-the far past had been the supreme deity of Egypt, but had now to
-play an annoying second to the Theban god. Thothmes IV., as we
-shall presently be told by Akhnaton himself,[8] did not altogether
-approve of the political character of the Amon priesthood, and it
-may have been due to this dissatisfaction that he undertook the
-repairing of the great Sphinx at Gizeh, which was in the care of
-the priests of Heliopolis. The sphinx was thought to represent a
-combination of the Heliopolitan gods Horakhti, Khepera, Ra, and
-Atum, who have been mentioned above; and, according to a later
-tradition, Thothmes IV. had obtained the throne over the heads of
-his elder brothers through the mediation of the Sphinx--that is
-to say, through that of the Heliopolitan priests. By them he was
-called “Son of Atum and Protector of Horakhte, ... who purifies
-Heliopolis and satisfies Ra,”[9] and it seems that they looked to
-him to restore to them their lost power. The Pharaoh, however, was
-a physical weakling, whose small amount of energy was entirely
-expended upon his army, which he greatly loved, and which he led
-into Syria and into the Sudan. His brief reign of somewhat over
-eight years, from 1420 to 1411 B.C., marks but the indecisive
-beginnings of the struggle between Amon and Ra, which culminated in
-the early years of the reign of his grandson Akhnaton.
-
-[Illustration: _Thothmes IV. slaying Asiatics._]
-
-Some time before he came to the throne he had married a daughter
-of the King of Mitanni, a North-Syrian state which acted as a
-buffer between the Egyptian possessions in Syria and the hostile
-lands of Asia Minor and Mesopotamia, and which it was desirable,
-therefore, to placate by such a union. There is little doubt that
-this princess is to be identified with the Queen Mutemua, of whom
-several monuments exist, and who was the mother of Amonhotep III.,
-the son and successor of Thothmes IV. A foreign element was thus
-introduced into the court which much altered its character, and led
-to numerous changes of a very radical nature. It may be that this
-Asiatic influence induced the Pharaoh to give further encouragement
-to the priest of Heliopolis. The god Atum, the aspect of Ra as the
-setting sun, was, as has been said, of common origin with Aton or
-Adonis, who was largely worshipped in North Syria; and the foreign
-queen with her retinue may have therefore felt more sympathy with
-Heliopolis than with Thebes. Moreover, it was the Asiatic tendency
-to speculate in religious questions, and the doctrines of the
-priests of the northern god were more flexible and more adaptable
-to the thinker than was the stiff, formal creed of Amon. Thus,
-the foreign thought which had now been introduced into Egypt, and
-especially into the palace, may have contributed somewhat to the
-dissatisfaction with the state religion which becomes apparent
-during this reign.
-
-Very little is known of the character of Thothmes IV., and
-nothing which bears upon that of his grandson Akhnaton is to be
-ascertained. Although of feeble health and unmanly physique, he was
-a fond upholder of the martial dignity of Egypt. He delighted to
-honour the memory of those Pharaohs of the past who had achieved
-the greatest fame as warriors. Thus he restored the monuments of
-Thothmes III., of Aahmes I., and of Senusert III.,[10] the three
-greatest military leaders of Egyptian history. As a decoration for
-his chariot there were scenes representing him trampling upon his
-foes; and when he died many weapons of war were buried with him.
-Of Queen Mutemua’s character nothing is known; and the attention
-of the reader may at once be carried on to Akhnaton’s maternal
-grandparents, the father and mother of Queen Tiy.
-
-
- 5. YUAA AND TUAU.
-
-Somewhere about the year 1470 B.C., while the great Thothmes III.
-was campaigning in Syria, the child was born who was destined to
-become the grandfather of the most remarkable of all the Pharaohs
-of Egypt. Neither the names of the parents nor the place of birth
-are known; and the reader will presently find that it is not easy
-to say whether the child was an Egyptian or a foreigner. His name
-is written Aau, Aay, Aai, Ayu, A-aa, Yaa, Yau, and most commonly
-Yuaa; and this variety of spelling seems rather to indicate that
-its pronunciation, being foreign, did not permit of a correct
-rendering in Egyptian letters. He must have been some twenty years
-of age when Thothmes III. died; and thus it is quite possible that
-he was one of those Syrian princes whom the Pharaoh brought back
-to Egypt from the courts of Asia to be educated in the Egyptian
-manner. Some of these hostages who were not direct heirs to Syrian
-thrones may have taken up their permanent residence on the banks
-of the Nile, where it is certain that a fair number of their
-countrymen were settled for business and other purposes. During the
-reign of Amonhotep II., Yuaa must have passed the prime years of
-his life, and at that king’s death he had probably reached about
-the forty-fifth year of his age. He had married a woman called
-by the common Egyptian name of Tuau, regarding whose nationality
-there is, therefore, not much question. Two children were born
-of the marriage, the first a boy who was named Aanen, and the
-second a girl named Tiy, who later became the great queen. Tiy was
-probably a little girl some two years old when Thothmes IV. came
-to the throne, and as her parents both held appointments at court,
-she must have presently received those first impressions of royal
-luxury which influenced her childhood and her whole life.
-
-[Illustration: _Tuau, grandmother of Akhnaton._]
-
-At this time Yuaa held the sacerdotal office of Priest of Min, one
-of the most ancient of the Egyptian gods. Min, who had many of
-the characteristics of, and was later identified with, the Greek
-Pan, was worshipped at three or four cities of Upper Egypt, and
-throughout the Eastern Desert to the Red Sea coast. He was the god
-of fecundity, fertility, generation, reproduction, and the like,
-in the human, animal, and vegetable worlds. In his form of Min-Ra
-he was a god of the sun, whose fertilising rays made pregnant the
-whole earth. He was more noble than the Greek Pan, and represented
-the pristine desires of lawful reproduction in the family, rather
-than the erotic instincts for which the Greek god was famous.
-Were one to compare him with any of the gods of the countries
-neighbouring to Egypt, he would be found to have as much likeness
-to the above-mentioned Adonis, who in North Syria was a god of
-vegetation, as to any other deity. This fact offers food for some
-thought, for if Yuaa was a foreigner, hailing, as may be supposed,
-from Syria, there would have been no Egyptian god, except Atum,
-to whose service he would have attached himself so readily as to
-that of Min. Although a tribal god, Min was not essentially the
-protector and upholder of Egyptian rights and Egyptian prejudices.
-He was, in one form or another, universal; and he must have
-appealed to the sense and the senses of Syrian and Egyptian alike.
-
-At this time, as we have seen, the priests of Amon, whose wealth
-had brought corruption in its train, were under the cloud of royal
-displeasure, and the court was beginning to display a desire to
-rid itself of an influence which was daily becoming less exalted.
-It may be that Yuaa, upholding the doctrines of Min and of Adonis,
-had some connection with this movement, for he was now a personage
-of considerable importance at the palace. He may have already held
-the title of Prince or Duke, by which he is called in his funeral
-inscriptions; and one may suppose that he was a favourite of the
-young king, Thothmes IV., and of his wife, Queen Mutemua, whose
-blood was soon to unite with his own in the person of Akhnaton.
-When Thothmes IV. died at the age of twenty-six, and his son
-Amonhotep III., a boy of twelve years of age, came to the throne,
-Yuaa was a man of over fifty, and his little daughter Tiy was a
-girl of marriageable age according to Egyptian ideas, being about
-ten years old.[11]
-
-[Illustration: _Chest belonging to Yuaa._]
-
-The court at this time was more or less under the influence of
-the now Queen-Regent Mutemua and her advisers, for Amonhotep III.
-was still too young to be allowed to go entirely his own way,
-and amongst those advisers it seems evident that Yuaa was to be
-numbered. Now the boy-king had not been on the throne more than a
-year, if as much, when, with feasting and ceremony, he was married
-to Tiy; and Yuaa and Tuau became the proud parents-in-law of the
-Pharaoh.
-
-It is necessary to consider the significance of the marriage.
-The royal pair were the merest children; and it is impossible
-to suppose that the marriage was not arranged for them by their
-guardians. If Amonhotep at this early age had simply fallen in love
-with this girl, with whom probably he had been brought up, he, no
-doubt, would have insisted on marrying her, and she would have been
-placed in his _harîm_. But she became his Great Queen, was placed
-on the throne beside him, and received honours which no other queen
-of the most royal blood had ever received before. It is clear that
-the king’s advisers would never have permitted this had Tiy been
-but the pretty daughter of a noble of the court. There must have
-been something in her parentage which entitled her to these honours
-and caused her to be chosen deliberately as queen.
-
-There are several possibilities. Tuau may have had royal blood in
-her veins, and may have been, for instance, the granddaughter of
-Thothmes III., to whom she bears some likeness in face. Queen Tiy
-is often called “Royal Daughter” as well as “Royal Wife”; and it is
-possible that this is to be taken literally. In a letter sent by
-Dushratta, King of Mitanni, to Akhnaton, Tiy is called “my sister
-and thy mother”; and though it is possible that the word “sister”
-is here used to indicate the general cousinship of royalty, it
-is more probable that some real connection is meant, for other
-relationships, such as “daughter,” “wife,” and “father-in-law,”
-are precisely stated in the letter. Yuaa may have been indirectly
-of royal Egyptian blood, or he may have been, as we have seen,
-the offspring of some Syrian royal house, such as that of Mitanni,
-related by marriage with the Pharaoh; and thus Tiy may have had
-some distant claim to the throne, and Dushratta would have had
-reason for calling her his sister. Queen Tiy, however, has so often
-been called a foreigner for reasons which have now been shown to be
-quite erroneous that we must be cautious in adopting any of these
-possibilities. It has been stated that her face is North-Syrian
-in type,[12] and, as the portrait upon which this statement is
-based is, in all features except the nose, reminiscent of Yuaa,
-that noble would also resemble the people of that country; and in
-this connection it must be remembered that the marriage of Tiy
-and Amonhotep took place under the regency of Mutemua, herself
-probably a North-Syrian princess. Be this as it may, however, the
-two children, not yet in their ’teens, ruled Egypt together, and
-Yuaa and Tuau stood behind the throne to advise them.
-
-[Illustration: _Queen Tiy._]
-
-Tuau now included amongst her titles those of “Royal Handmaid,” or
-lady-in-waiting, “the favoured-one of Hathor,” “the favourite of
-the King,” and “the Royal mother of the great wife of the King,” a
-title which may indicate that she was of royal blood. Amongst the
-titles of Yuaa one may mention those of “Master of the Horse and
-Chariot-Captain of the King,” “the favourite, excellent above all
-favourites,” and “the mouth and ears of the King,”--that is to say,
-his agent and adviser. He was a personage of commanding presence,
-whose powerful character showed itself in his face. One must
-picture him now as a tall man, with a fine shock of white hair; a
-great hooked nose, like that of a Syrian; full, strong lips; and
-a prominent, determined jaw. He has the face of an ecclesiastic,
-and there is something about his mouth which reminds one of the
-late Pope, Leo XIII. One feels, in looking at his well-preserved
-features, that here perhaps may be found the originator of the
-great religious movement which his daughter and grandson carried
-into execution.
-
-[Illustration: _Yuaa, grandfather of Akhnaton._]
-
-
- 6. AMONHOTEP III. AND HIS COURT.
-
-Besides Yuaa and Tuau and the Queen-Dowager Mutemua, there was
-a certain noble, named Amonhotep-son-of-Hapu, who may have
-exercised considerable influence upon the young Pharaoh. So good
-and wise a man was he, that in later times he was regarded almost
-as a divinity, and his sayings were treasured from generation
-to generation. It may be that he furthered the cause of the
-Heliopolitan priesthood against that of Amon; and it is to be
-observed in this connection that, in the inscription engraved upon
-his statue, he refers to the Pharaoh as the “heir of Atum” and
-the “first-born son of Horakhti,” those being the Heliopolitan
-gods. When, presently, a daughter was born to Tiy, who was named
-Setamon, this philosopher was given the honorary post of “Steward”
-to the princess; while at the same time he filled the office of
-Minister of Public Works, and held various court appointments. At
-this period, when religious speculation was beginning to be freely
-indulged in, the influence of a “wise man” of this character
-would necessarily be great; and should any of his sayings come to
-light, they will perhaps be found to bear upon the subject of the
-religious changes which were now taking place. A late tradition
-tells us that this Amonhotep had warned the Pharaoh that if he
-would see the true God he must drive from his kingdom all impure
-persons; and herein one may perhaps observe some reference to the
-corrupt priests of Amon, whose ejection from their offices was
-daily becoming more necessary.
-
-[Illustration: _Amonhotep-son-of-Hapu, the “wise man” of the Court
-of Amonhotep III._]
-
-At the time of which we write Egypt still remained at that height
-of power to which the military skill of Thothmes III. had raised
-her. The Kings of Palestine and Syria were tributaries to the
-young Pharaoh; the princes of the sea-coast cities sent their
-yearly impost to Thebes; Cyprus, Crete, and even the Greek islands,
-were Egyptianised; Sinai and the Red Sea coast as far south as
-Somaliland were included in the Pharaoh’s dominions; and the
-negro tribes of the Sudan were his slaves. Egypt was indeed the
-greatest state in the world, and Thebes was a metropolis at which
-the ambassadors, the merchants, and the artisans from these
-various countries met together. Here they could look upon buildings
-undreamed of in their own lands, and could participate in luxuries
-unknown even in Babylon. The wealth of Egypt was so enormous that
-a foreign sovereign who wrote to the Pharaoh asking for gold
-mentioned that it could not be considered as anything more valuable
-than so much dust by an Egyptian. Golden vases in vast quantities
-adorned the tables of the king and his nobles, and hundreds of
-golden vessels of different kinds were used in the temples.
-
-The splendour and gaiety of the court at Thebes remind one of the
-tales from the Arabian Nights. One reads of banquets, of splendid
-festivals on the water, of jubilee celebrations, and of hunting
-parties. When the scenes depicted on the monuments are gathered
-together in the mind, and the ruins which are left are there
-reconstructed, a life of the most intense brilliancy is shown. This
-was rather a development of the period than a condition of things
-which had been derived from an earlier _régime_. The Egyptians
-had always been a happy, light-hearted people; but it was the
-conquests of Thothmes III. that had given them the security and
-the wealth to live as luxuriously as they pleased. The tendency of
-the nation was now to break away from the old, hardy traditions of
-the earlier periods of Egyptian history; and virtually no other
-body, except the priesthood of Amon, held them down to ancient
-conventionalities. But while the king and his court made merry
-and amused themselves in sumptuous fashion, that god Amon and his
-representatives towered over them like some sombre bogie, holding
-them to a religion which they considered to be obsolete, and
-claiming its share of royal wealth.
-
-[Illustration: CEILING DECORATION FROM THE PALACE OF AMONHOTEP III.]
-
-About the time of his marriage Amonhotep built a palace on the
-western bank of the Nile, on the edge of the desert under the
-Theban hills, and here Queen Tiy held her brilliant court. The
-palace was a light but roomy structure of brick and costly woods,
-exquisitely decorated with paintings on stucco, and embellished
-with delicate columns. Along one side ran a balcony on which were
-rugs and many-coloured cushions, and here the king and queen could
-sometimes be seen by their subjects. Gardens surrounded the
-palace, almost at the gates of which rose the splendid hills. On
-the eastern side of the building the king later constructed a huge
-pleasure-lake especially for the amusement of Tiy. The mounds of
-earth which were thrown up during its excavation were purposely
-formed into irregular hills, and these were covered with trees and
-flowers. Here the queen floated in her barge, which, in honour of
-the Heliopolitan god, she called “Aton-gleams”; and as she watched
-the reflections of the hills and the trees in the still water, she
-may well have imagined herself in those fair lands of Syria from
-which Aton or Adonis had come.
-
-The name Aton was Syrian. The setting sun, as we have seen, was
-called in Egypt Atum, which was derived from the Asiatic Adon or
-Aton; and it is now that we first find the word introduced into
-Egypt as a synonym of Ra-Horakhti-Khepera-Atum of Heliopolis.
-Presently we find that one of the Pharaoh’s regiments of soldiers
-is named after this god Aton, and here and there the word now
-occurs upon the monuments. Thus, gradually, the court was bringing
-a new-named deity into prominence, closely related to the gods
-of Heliopolis; and it may be supposed that the priesthood of Amon
-watched the development with considerable perturbation. The Pharaoh
-himself does not seem to have worried very considerably with regard
-to these religious matters. He was, it seems, a man addicted to
-pleasure, whose interests lay as much in the hunting-field as in
-the palace. He loved to boast that during the first ten years of
-his reign he had slain 102 lions; but as he was a mere boy when he
-first indulged in this form of sport, it is to be presumed that his
-nobles assisted him handsomely in the slaughter on each occasion.
-In one day he is reported to have killed fifty-six wild cattle, and
-a score more fell to him a few days later; but here again one may
-suppose that the glory and not the deed was his.
-
-[Illustration: _Site of the Palace of Queen Tiy._]
-
-In the fifth year of his reign he led an expedition into the
-Sudan to chastise some tribe which had rebelled, and he records
-with pride the slaughter which he had made. It is stated that
-these negroes “had been haughty, and great things were in their
-hearts; but the fierce-eyed lion, this prince, he slew them by the
-command of Amon-Atum.” It is interesting to notice that Atum is
-thus brought into equal prominence with Amon, and one may see from
-this the trend of public opinion.
-
-At this time the Vizir, a certain Ptahmes, held also the office of
-High Priest of Amon; but when he died he was not succeeded in his
-duties as Vizir by the new head of the Amon priesthood, as was to
-be expected. The Pharaoh appointed a noble named Rames as his prime
-minister, and thus separated the civil and the religious power:
-a step which again shows us something of the movement which was
-steadily diminishing the power of Amon.
-
-Queen Tiy seems to have borne several daughters to the king, and
-it is possible that she had also presented him with a son. But,
-if this is so, he had died in early childhood, and no heir to
-the throne was now living. It may have been partly due to this
-fact that Amonhotep, in the tenth year of his reign, married
-the Princess Kirgipa or Gilukhipa, daughter of the King of
-Mitanni, and probably niece of the Dowager-Queen Mutemua.[13] The
-princess came to Egypt in considerable state, bringing with her
-317 ladies-in-waiting; but she seems to have been thrust into
-the background by Tiy, who, even in the official record of the
-marriage, is called the king’s chief wife. The marriage may have
-been purely political, as was that of Thothmes IV.; and there is
-certainly no record of any children born to Gilukhipa. She and
-her ladies but added a further foreign element to the life of the
-palace, and swelled the numbers of those who had no sympathy with
-the old gods of Thebes.
-
-[Illustration: _Coffin of Yuaa._]
-
-It must have been somewhere about the year 1390 B.C. that Tiy’s
-aged father, Yuaa, died; and Tuau soon followed him to the grave.
-They were buried in a fine sepulchre in the Valley of the Tombs
-of the Kings at Thebes; and if they are not to be considered as
-royal, this will have been the first time that persons not of royal
-blood had been buried in a tomb of large size in this valley.
-A quantity of funeral furniture was placed around the splendid
-coffins in which their mummies lay, and amongst this there were
-a few objects which evidently had been presented by the bereaved
-king and queen and by the young princesses, Setamon and another
-whose name is now lost. Yuaa and his wife had evidently been much
-beloved at the court, and as the parents of the great queen they
-had commanded the respect of all men. To us they are remarkable as
-the grandparents of that great teacher, Akhnaton, whose birth has
-now to be recorded.
-
-
-
-
- II.
-
- THE BIRTH AND EARLY YEARS OF AKHNATON.
-
-
- 1. THE BIRTH OF AKHNATON.
-
-It has been seen that Queen Tiy presented several children to the
-king; but it was not until they had reigned some twenty-five or
-twenty-six years that the future monarch was born. As the years
-had passed the queen must have grown more and more anxious for a
-son, and many must have been the prayers she offered up that a
-male child might be vouchsafed to her. In Egypt at the present
-day the desire to bear a son holds dominion in the heart of every
-young woman; and those to whom this privilege has not been granted
-forsake the laws of the prophet and still lay their passionate
-appeal before the old gods. The present writer was asked recently
-by a young peasant to allow his wife to walk round the outer wall
-of an ancient temple, in order that she might perchance bear a male
-child thereafter; and on another occasion three young women were
-seen sliding down the plinth of an overturned statue of Rameses
-the Great for the same purpose. With similar emotion, though with
-greater intelligence, Queen Tiy must have turned in her grief from
-one god to another, promising them all manner of gifts if they
-would grant her desire. To Ra-Horakhti Aton she appears to have
-turned with the most confidence; and perhaps, as will presently
-be seen, she vowed that if a son were granted to her she would
-dedicate him to the service of that god.
-
-It is probable that the little prince first saw the light in the
-royal palace at Thebes, which was situated on the edge of the
-desert at the foot of the western hills. It was, as has been said,
-an extensive building, lightly constructed and gaily decorated.
-The ceilings and pavements of its halls were fantastically painted
-with scenes of animal life: wild cattle ran through reedy swamps
-beneath the royal feet, and there many-coloured fish swam in the
-water; while overhead flights of pigeons, white against a blue sky,
-passed across the hall, and wild duck hastened towards the open
-casements. Through curtained doorways one might obtain glimpses of
-the garden planted with flowers foreign to Egypt; and on the east
-of the palace shone the great pleasure-lake, surrounded by the
-trees of Asia.
-
-In all the world there are few places more beautiful than the site
-of this palace. Here one may sit for many an hour watching the
-changing colours on the wonderful cliffs, the pink and the yellow
-of the rocks standing out from the blue and the purple of the deep
-shadows. In the fields which now surround the ruined palace, where
-the royal gardens were laid out, one obtains an impression of
-colour, of beauty, and of gaiety--if it can be so expressed--which
-is not easily equalled. The continuous sunshine and the bracing
-wind render one intensely awake to natural joys; and here, indeed,
-was a fitting birthplace, one feels, for a king who taught his
-people to study the beauties of nature.
-
-
- 2. THE RISE OF ATON.
-
-The little prince was named Amonhotep,[14] “the Peace-of-Amon,”
-after his father; but though the supremacy of Amon was thus
-acknowledged, the Heliopolitan deity appears to have been
-considered as the protector of the young boy. While the luxurious
-court rejoiced at the birth of their future king, one feels that
-the ancient priesthood of Amon-Ra must have looked askance at the
-baby who was destined one day to be their master. This priesthood
-still demanded implicit obedience to its stiff and ancient
-conventions, and it refused to recognise the growing tendency
-towards religious speculation.
-
-Probably stronger measures would have been taken by it to resist
-the growing power of Ra-Horakhti, had it not been for the fact that
-Ra was also a form of Amon, and had been identified with him under
-the name of Amon-Ra. The god Amon was originally but the local
-deity of Thebes; and, when the Theban Pharaohs of the Eighteenth
-Dynasty had elevated him to the position of the state god of all
-Egypt, they made him acceptable to the various provinces, as we
-have seen, by pointing to his identification with Ra, the sun-god,
-who, under one form or another, found a place in every temple and
-held high rank in every variety of mythology. As Amon-Ra he was
-able to be appreciated by the sun-worshippers of Syria and by those
-of Nubia, for there were few races who would not do homage to the
-great giver of warmth and light.
-
-It is possible that those more thoughtful members of the court
-who were quietly attempting to undermine the influence of the
-priesthood of Amon, and who were beginning to carry into execution
-the schemes of emancipation which we have already noticed, now
-endeavoured to strip Amon of his association with the sun; for
-that identity was really his simple claim to acceptance by any
-but Thebans. The priesthood, on their part, it may be supposed,
-drew as much attention as possible to the connection of their
-deity with Ra; for they knew that none but the Heliopolitan god
-could be advanced with success as a rival of Amon by those who
-desired to overthrow the Theban god. Thus one finds that the High
-Priest of Ra at Heliopolis was given, and was obliged to accept,
-the honorary office of Second Priest of Amon at Thebes,[15] which
-at once placed him under the thumb of the Theban High Priest. The
-propounders of the new thought, however, met this move by bringing
-into greater prominence the claims, not of Ra-Horakhti, but of
-Aton, which was merely a more elusive form of the sun-god. The
-priesthood of Amon had always checked the individual growth of
-Ra-Horakhti by regarding him simply as an aspect of Ra, and hence
-of Amon-Ra. One of the essential features of the new movement was
-the regarding of Ra as an aspect of Ra-Horakhti, and the calling
-of Ra-Horakhti by the uncontaminated name of Aton. Aton, in fact,
-was originally introduced into the matter largely for the purpose
-of preventing any identification between Amon-Ra and Ra-Horakhti.
-Soon the name of Aton, entirely supplanting that of Atum, was heard
-with some frequency at Thebes and elsewhere, but always, it must
-be remembered, as another word for Ra-Horakhti.
-
-The desire of the court for a change of religion is understandable.
-The cult of the god Amon, as has been said, was so hedged about
-with conventionalities that free thought was impossible. We have
-seen, however, that the upper classes were passing through a phase
-of religious speculation, and they were ready to revolt against the
-domination of a priesthood which forbade criticism. The worship of
-the intangible power of the sun, under the name of Aton, offered
-endless possibilities for the exercise of those tendencies towards
-the abstract which were now beginning to be felt all over the
-civilised world. This was man’s first age of philosophical thought,
-and for the first time in history the gods were being endued with
-ideal qualities.
-
-Apart from all questions of religion, the priesthood of Amon had
-obtained such power and wealth that it was a very serious menace
-to the dignity of the throne. The great organisation which had its
-headquarters at Karnak had become an incubus which weighed heavily
-upon the state. For political reasons alone, therefore, it was
-desirable to push the priests of Heliopolis into a more prominent
-position.
-
-There was, moreover, a third consideration. The god Aton, with
-whom Ra and Ra-Horakhti were now being identified, was, we have
-seen, originally the same as the Syrian and Greek Adonis, the word
-“Adon” or “Aton” meaning simply “lord.” Thus the propounders of the
-new doctrines must have dreamt of an Egypto-Syrian empire bound
-together by the ties of a common religion. With one god understood
-and worshipped from the cataracts of the Nile to the distant
-Euphrates, what power could destroy the empire?
-
-
- 3. THE POWER OF QUEEN TIY.
-
-In Amonhotep III. one may see the lazy, speculative Oriental, too
-opinionated and too vain to bear with the stiff routine of his
-fathers, and yet too lacking in energy to formulate a new religion.
-On the other hand, there is every reason to suppose that Queen
-Tiy possessed the ability to impress the claims of the new thought
-upon her husband’s mind, and gradually to turn his eyes, and those
-of the court, away from the sombre worship of Amon, “the unknown
-god,” into the direction of the brilliant cult of the sun. Those
-who have travelled in Egypt will realise how completely the land
-is dominated by the sun. The blue skies, the shining rocks, the
-golden desert, the verdant fields, all seem to cry out for joy of
-the sunshine. The extraordinary energy which one may feel in Egypt
-at sunrise, and the deep melancholy which sometimes accompanies the
-red nightfall, must have been felt by Tiy also in her palace at
-Thebes.
-
-As the years passed the power and influence of Queen Tiy increased;
-and now that she had borne a son to the king there was added to
-her great position as royal wife the equally great _rôle_ of
-royal mother. Never before had a queen been so freely represented
-on all the king’s monuments, nor had so fine a series of titles
-been given before to the wife of a Pharaoh. At Sedênga, far up in
-the Sudan, her husband erected a temple for her; and in distant
-Sinai a beautiful portrait head of her was recently found. All
-visitors to Thebes have seen her figures by the side of the legs of
-the two great colossi at the edge of the Western Desert; and the
-huge statues of herself and her husband, now in the Cairo Museum,
-will have been seen by those who have visited that collection. Of
-Grilukhipa,[16] however, and the king’s other wives, one hears
-nothing at all: Queen Tiy relegated them to the background almost
-before their marriage ceremonies were over.
-
-By the time that Amonhotep III. had reigned for thirty years or
-so, he had ceased to give much attention to state affairs, and
-the power had almost entirely passed into the capable hands of
-Tiy. Already an influence, which we may presume to have been to a
-large extent hers, was being felt in many directions: Ra-Horakhti
-and Aton were being brought into the foreground, a tone of
-thought which can hardly be regarded as purely Egyptian was being
-developed, the art was undergoing modifications and had risen to a
-pitch of excellence never attained before or after. The exquisite
-low-reliefs of the end of the reign of Amonhotep III.--for example,
-those to be seen at Thebes in the tombs of Khaemhat and Rames,[17]
-both of which are definitely dated to the close of the reign--stir
-one almost as do the works of the early Florentine masters. There
-is an elusive grace in the dainty figures there sculptured, which,
-through another medium and under other laws of convention, cause
-them to appeal with the same force of indefinable sweetness as do
-the figures in the works of Filipino Lippi and Botticelli. In the
-mass of Egyptian painting and sculpture of secondary importance
-such gems as these have been overlooked and have not been
-appreciated by the public; but the present writer ventures to think
-that some day they will set the heart of all art-lovers dancing as
-danced those of Queen Tiy’s great masters.
-
-The court in which the little prince passed his earliest years was
-more brilliant than ever it had been before, and Queen Tiy presided
-over scenes of indescribable splendour. Amonhotep III. has been
-truly called “the Magnificent”; and at no period, save that of
-Thothmes III., were the royal treasuries so full or the nobles so
-wealthy. Out of a pageant of festivities, from amidst the noise
-of song and laughter, the little sad-eyed prince first emerges on
-to the stage of history, led by the hand of Queen Tiy; but as he
-appears before us, above the clink of the golden wine-bowls, above
-the sound of the timbrels, one seems to hear the lilt of a more
-simple song, and the peaceful singing of a lark.
-
-
- 4. AKHNATON’S MARRIAGE.
-
-During the last years of his reign the Pharaoh, although well under
-fifty years of age,[18] seems to have suffered from permanent
-ill-health. On two occasions the King of Mitanni sent to Egypt a
-miracle-working statuette of the goddess Ishtar, apparently in the
-hope that Amonhotep might be cured of his illness by it. It is
-probable that the king had never been a very strong man. Having
-been born when his father--himself extremely delicate--was but
-a child, he had had little chance of enjoying a robust middle
-age, and he passed on to his children this inherent weakness. One
-hears no more of his daughters,[19] whom we have seen mourning for
-their grandparents Yuaa and Tuau, and there is some likelihood
-that they died young. The little Prince Amonhotep was already
-developing constitutional weaknesses which rendered his life very
-precarious. His skull was misshapen, and he must have been subject
-to occasional epileptic fits. And now Queen Tiy gave birth to a
-daughter, who was named Baketaton in honour of the new god, and who
-seems to have lived less than a score of years, since nothing more
-is heard of her after her twelfth or thirteenth year.
-
-[Illustration: _Amonhotep III._]
-
-As Amonhotep, at the age of forty-eight or forty-nine, felt his
-end approaching, he seems to have shown considerable anxiety in
-regard to the succession. Here was his only son--now a boy of ten
-or eleven years of age--in so sad a state of health that he could
-not be expected to live to manhood, and in the event of his
-death the throne would be without an occupant in the direct line.
-Obviously it was necessary that he should be married as soon as
-possible, in order that he might become a father as early as that
-was naturally possible. Amonhotep III. himself had been married to
-Tiy when he was about twelve years of age, and his father Thothmes
-IV. had likewise been married at that early age.[20] The little
-Prince Amonhotep should, therefore, also be given a wife at once;
-and the Pharaoh now began to look around for a suitable consort
-for him. He had heard that Dushratta, King of Mitanni, had a small
-daughter who was said to be a comely maiden; but it appears that
-she was only eight or nine years of age,[21] and therefore could
-not be expected to provide an heir for at least another four years.
-Nevertheless there were many political reasons for proposing the
-union. Mitanni was, as we have seen, the buffer state between
-the Pharaoh’s Syrian possessions and the lands of the Hittites
-and of the Mesopotamians. Thothmes IV. had asked a bride from
-Mitanni, and Amonhotep III. himself had obtained Gilukhipa from
-thence, if not Queen Tiy also: both these being probably political
-matches, designed for the welfare of the Syrian empire. The Pharaoh
-therefore decided upon this marriage for his sickly son, and sent
-an embassy to Dushratta to negotiate the union between these two
-children.
-
-The reply of Dushratta has, fortunately, been preserved to us. The
-Mitannian king acknowledges the arrival of the envoy, and is much
-rejoiced at this further binding together of the two countries. In
-a subsequent letter it is evident that the princess has already
-been sent to Egypt, and we are led to suppose that Prince Amonhotep
-has at once been married to her. The little princess was named
-Tadukhipa, but on her arrival in Egypt she was renamed Nefertiti.
-Her age, as mentioned above, is apparent from the fact that,
-although in after life she gave birth to children at very regular
-intervals, her first child was not born until nearly five years
-after her marriage.[22] So young was she that she did not at once
-cohabit with the prince, but was put under the care of a certain
-lady of the court named Ty, the wife of a noble of the name of Ay,
-who afterwards usurped the throne. This lady Ty called herself in
-later years “great nurse and nourisher of the Queen,” and Ay always
-called himself the king’s father-in-law (_neter at_). It would thus
-seem that they had become the actual foster-parents of the little
-Syrian girl. It was not at all unusual in Egypt for a child to be
-adopted thus; and it is a curious fact that if a woman gave the
-breast to a child of any age but for a moment, or if a man placed
-his finger in the child’s mouth, a formal adoption was considered
-to have been made.[23]
-
-The court had hardly settled down after the celebration of the
-marriage of Amonhotep and Tadukhipa-Nefertiti, when it was thrown
-into mourning by the death of Amonhotep “the Magnificent,” which
-occurred in the thirty-sixth year of his reign. Queen Tiy at
-once assumed control of state affairs, on behalf of her barely
-eleven-year-old son, who as Amonhotep IV. now ascended the throne
-of the Pharaohs.
-
-
- 5. THE ACCESSION OF AKHNATON.
-
-On coming to the throne the young king fixed his titulary in the
-following manner:--
-
- Mighty Bull, Lofty of Plumes; Favourite of the Two Goddesses,
- Great in Kingship in Karnak; Golden Hawk, Wearer of Diadems
- in the Southern Heliopolis; King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
- Beautiful-is-the-Being-of-Ra, the Only-One-of-Ra; Son of the
- Sun, Peace-of-Amon (Amonhotep), Divine Ruler of Thebes; Great in
- Duration, Living for Ever and Ever, Beloved of Amon-Ra, Lord of
- Heaven.
-
-These titles were drawn up on more or less prescribed lines, and
-conformed to the old custom of the Pharaohs. Like his ancestors,
-he was called “Beloved of Amon-Ra,” although, as we have seen, the
-power of that god was already much undermined. To counterbalance
-this reference to the god of Thebes, however, one finds the
-surprising title--
-
- High Priest of Ra-Horakhti, rejoicing in the horizon in his name,
- “Heat-which-is-in-Aton.”
-
-Let the boy be said to be beloved of Amon-Ra till the walls of
-Thebes reverberate with the cry; let Amon-Ra be called Lord of
-Heaven till the priestly heralds can shout no more: the doom of the
-god of Thebes cannot now be averted, for the reigning Pharaoh is
-dedicated to another god.
-
-[Illustration: _Akhnaton._]
-
-It is obvious that a boy of eleven years of age could not himself
-have claimed the office of the High Priest of Ra-Horakhti.
-Queen Tiy and her advisers must have deliberately endowed the
-youthful king with this office, largely in order to set the seal
-upon the fate of Amon. There were, perhaps, other reasons why
-this remarkable step was decided upon. It may be, as has been
-said, that the queen, before the birth of her son, had vowed him
-to Ra-Horakhti. Again, the boy was epileptic, was subject to
-hallucinations; and it may be that while in this condition he had
-seen visions or uttered words which led his mother to believe
-him to be the chosen one of the Heliopolitan god, whose name the
-prince must have been constantly hearing. In a palace where the
-mystical “Heat-which-is-in-Aton,” which was the new elaboration of
-the god’s name, was being daily invoked, and where the youthful
-master of Egypt was constantly falling into what appeared to be
-holy frenzy, it is not unlikely that the rising deity would be
-connected with the eccentricities of the young Pharaoh. The High
-Priest of Ra-Horakhti was always called “The Great of Visions,” and
-was thus essentially a visionary prophet either by nature or by
-circumstance; and the unfortunate boy’s physical condition may have
-been turned, thus, to account in the struggle against Amon-Ra.
-
-One may now imagine the Pharaoh as a pale, sickly youth. His head
-seemed too large for his body; his eyelids were heavy; his eyes as
-one imagines them were wells of dream. His features were delicately
-moulded, and his mouth, in spite of a somewhat protruding lower
-jaw, is reminiscent of the best of the art of Rossetti. He seems
-to have been a quiet, studious boy, whose thoughts wandered in
-fair places, searching for that happiness which his physical
-condition had denied to him. His nature was gentle; his young heart
-overflowed with love. He delighted, it would seem, to walk in the
-gardens of the palace, to hear the birds singing, to watch the fish
-in the lake, to smell the flowers, to follow the butterflies, to
-warm his small bones in the sunshine. There was a grave dignity
-in his gait, or the artists have lied; and his words were already
-fraught with wisdom. The great crown of the Pharaohs sat easily
-upon his head, for his every movement was royal. He accepted as
-his due the homage of the court; yet he does not seem to have
-acted with arrogance, and was ever a tender-hearted, impulsive
-child. Already he was sometimes called “Lord of the Breath of
-Sweetness”;[24] and already he was so much beloved by his subjects
-that their adherence to him through the rough places of his future
-life was assured. For the first years of his reign he was, of
-course, entirely under the regency of his mother. Dushratta, the
-King of Mitanni, writing to congratulate the boy on his accession,
-addressed himself to Queen Tiy, as though he thought the king
-would hardly yet be able to understand a letter; and in a later
-communication he asks the Pharaoh to inquire of his mother as to
-certain matters of international policy. But although so young, the
-king was wise beyond his years, as the reader will presently see.
-
-
- 6. THE FIRST YEARS OF AKHNATON’S REIGN.
-
-In a subsequent chapter it will be the writer’s purpose to show
-to what heights of ideal thought, and to what profundities of
-religious and moral philosophy, this boy, in the years of his
-early manhood, attained; and it will but enhance our respect for
-his abilities when he reached maturity, if we find in his early
-training all manner of shortcomings. The beautiful doctrines of
-the religion with which this Pharaoh’s name is identified were
-productions of his later days; and until he was at least seventeen
-years of age neither his exalted monotheism nor any of his future
-principles were really apparent. Some time after the eighth year of
-his reign one finds that he had evolved a religion so pure that one
-must compare it with Christianity in order to discover its faults;
-and the reader will presently see that this superb theology was not
-derived from his education.
-
-One of the first acts of the king’s reign, undertaken at the
-desire of Queen Tiy or of the royal advisers, was the erection of
-a temple to Ra-Horakhti Aton at Karnak.[25] This was in no way an
-insult to Amon, for Thothmes III. and other Pharaohs had dedicated
-temples at Karnak to gods other than Amon. The priesthood of
-Amon-Ra recognised the existence of the many deities of Egypt, and
-gave them their place in the constitution of heaven, reserving for
-their own god the title of “King of the Gods.” There was a temple
-of Ptah here; there were shrines set apart for the worship of Min;
-and other gods, unconnected with Amon, were here accommodated. The
-priests of Amon-Ra thus could not offer any serious objection to
-the project. The building[26] was to be constructed of sandstone,
-and therefore various officials were dispatched to the great
-quarries of Gebel Silsileh, which lie on the river between Edfu
-and Kom Ombo, and to those near Esneh. Large tablets were there
-carved upon the cliffs towards the close of the work, and on them
-the figure of the Pharaoh was represented worshipping Amon, who
-was thus still the state god. Above the king’s figure, however,
-the disk of the sun is seen, and from it a number of lines,
-representing rays, project downwards towards the royal figure.
-These rays terminate in hands, which thus seem to be distributing
-the “Heat-which-is-in-Aton” around the Pharaoh. This is the first
-representation of the afterwards famous symbol of the religion of
-Aton, and it is significant that it should make its _début_ in a
-scene representing the worship of Amon.
-
-The king is called the High Priest of Ra-Horakhti; but the title
-“Living in truth,” which he took to himself in later years, and
-which had reference to the religion of Aton which he was soon to
-evolve, does not yet appear.
-
-A large number of fragments from this shrine have been
-discovered, and on these one sees references to the gods Horus,
-Set, Wepwat, and others. The king is still called by the name
-Amonhotep, which was later banned, and the names of Aton,
-afterwards always written within the royal ovals or cartouches,
-are still lacking in that distinction. The temple was called
-“Aton-is-found-in-the-House-of-Aton,” a curious name of which
-the meaning is not clear.[27] A certain official named Hataay was
-“Scribe and Overseer of the Granary of the House of the Aton,”
-by which this temple is probably meant; and in the tomb of Rames
-a reference is made to the building by its full name, and a
-picture of it is given, but otherwise one knows little about it.
-The rapidity with which it was desired to be set up is shown by
-the fact that the great, well-trimmed blocks of stone usually
-employed in the construction of sacred buildings were largely
-dispensed with, and only small easily-handled blocks were used. The
-imperfections in the building were then hidden by a judicious use
-of plaster and cement, and thus the walls were smoothed for the
-reception of the reliefs. The quarter in which the temple stood was
-now called “Brightness of Aton the Great,” and Thebes received the
-new name of “City of the Brightness of Aton.”
-
-There are two other monuments which date from these early years of
-the king’s reign: both are tombs of great nobles. At this period
-one of the greatest personages in the land was the above-mentioned
-Rames, the Vizir of Upper Egypt. This official was now engaged in
-constructing and decorating a magnificent sepulchre for himself in
-the Theban necropolis. In the great hall of this tomb the artists
-were busy preparing the beautiful sculptures and paintings which
-were to cover the walls, and ere half their work was finished they
-set themselves to the making of a fine figure of Amonhotep IV.
-seated upon his throne, with the goddess Maat standing behind him.
-The scene was probably executed a few months before the making of
-the tablets at the quarries. The sun’s rays do not appear, and
-the work was carried out strictly according to the canons of art
-obtaining during the last years of Amonhotep III. and the first of
-his son. But hardly had the figures been finished before the order
-came that the Aton rays had to be included, and certain changes in
-the art had to be recognised; and therefore the artists set to work
-upon another figure of the king standing under these many-handed
-beams of “heat,” and now accompanied by his, as yet, childless
-wife. The two scenes may be seen by visitors to Thebes standing
-side by side, and nowhere may the contrast between the old order
-of things and the new be so clearly observed.
-
-While Rames was providing a tomb for himself at Thebes, another
-great noble named Horemheb, who ultimately usurped the throne, was
-constructing his sepulchre at Sakkârah, the Memphite necropolis
-near Cairo. Horemheb was commander-in-chief of the army, and in his
-tomb some superb reliefs are carved showing him receiving rewards
-in that capacity from the king. Some of the scenes represent the
-arrival of Asiatic refugees in Egypt, who ask to be allowed to take
-up their abode on the banks of the Nile, and the figures of these
-foreigners rank amongst the finest specimens of Egyptian art. In
-the inscriptions, Horemheb, who is supposed to be addressing the
-king, states that the Pharaoh owes his throne to Amon,[28] but yet
-we see that the figure of the king is drawn in that style of art
-which is typical of the new religion.[29]
-
-
- 7. THE NEW ART.
-
-This sudden change in the style of the reliefs which we have
-observed in these two tombs and on the quarry tablets seems to be
-attributable to about the fourth year of the king’s reign. The
-reliefs which were now carved upon the walls of the new temple of
-Ra-Horakhti at Karnak show us a style of art quite different from
-that of the king’s early years. The figure of the Pharaoh, which
-the artists in the tomb of Rames represented as standing below the
-newly-invented sun’s rays, is as different from the earlier figure
-there executed as chalk is from cheese. The Pharaoh whom we see
-in the tomb of Horemheb and on the quarry tablets is represented,
-according to canons of art, entirely different from those existing
-at the king’s accession.
-
-In the drawing of the human figure, and especially that of the
-Pharaoh, there are three very distinct characteristics in this new
-style of art. Firstly, as to the head: the skull is elongated;
-the chin, as seen in profile, is drawn as though it were sharply
-pointed; the flesh under the jaw is skimped, thus giving an upward
-turn to the line; and the neck is represented as being long and
-thin. Secondly, the stomach is made to obtrude itself upon the
-attention by being drawn as though from a fat and ungainly model.
-And thirdly, the hips and thighs are abnormally large, though
-from the knee downwards the legs are of more natural size. This
-distortion of human anatomy is marked in a lesser degree in all the
-lines of the body; and the whole figure becomes a startling type
-of an art which seems at first to have sprung fully developed from
-the brain of the boy-Pharaoh or from one of the eccentrics of the
-court.
-
-The king was now fifteen years old, and seems to have been
-extraordinarily mature for his age. It may be that he had objected
-to be represented in the conventional manner, and had told his
-artists to draw him as he was. The elongated skull, the pointed
-chin, and even, perhaps, the protruding paunch, may thus have
-originated. But the ungainly thighs could only be accounted for
-by some radical deformity in the royal model, and that he was a
-well-made man in this respect his recently discovered bones most
-clearly show.
-
-Purely tentatively a suggestion may here be offered to account for
-this peculiar treatment of the human body. It is probable that the
-king had now, in a boyish way, become deeply interested in the
-religious contest which was beginning to be waged between Amon-Ra
-and Ra-Horakhti Aton. Having listened to the arguments on both
-sides, it may have occurred to him to study for himself the ancient
-documents and inscriptions bearing on the matter. In so doing, he
-would have found that Amon had become the state god only some few
-hundred years before his own time, and that previous to his ascent
-to this important position, previous even to the earliest mention
-of his name, Ra-Horakhti had been supreme. Carrying his inquiries
-back, past the days of the pyramid kings to the archaic Pharaohs
-who reigned at the dim beginning of things, he would still have
-found the Heliopolitan god worshipped. One of the Pharaohs’ most
-cherished titles was “Son of the Sun,” which, as we have seen, had
-been borne by each successive sovereign since the days of the Fifth
-Dynasty, whose kings claimed descent from Ra himself. Such studies
-would inevitably bring two matters into prominence: firstly,
-that Amon was, after all, but a usurper; and, secondly, that as
-Pharaoh he was the descendant of Ra-Horakhti, and was that god’s
-representative on earth.
-
-On these grounds, more than on any others, all things connected
-with Amon would become distasteful to him. He was too young to
-understand fully which of the two religions was the better morally
-or theologically; but he was old enough to be moved by the romance
-of history, and to feel that those great, shadowy Pharaohs who
-lived when the world was young, and who at the dawn of events
-worshipped the sun, were the truest and best examples for him to
-follow. They were his ancestors, and as they were the sons of Ra,
-so he, too, was the proud descendant of that great god. In his
-veins there ran the blood of the sun, that “Heat-which-is-in-Aton”
-pulsed through and through him; and the more he read in those old
-documents the more he was stirred by the glory of that distant
-past when men worshipped the god whose rights Amon had usurped.
-Now the canons of art were regarded as a distinctly religious
-institution, and the methods of treating the human figure then in
-vogue had in the first place the sanction of the priesthood of
-Amon; and few things would be more upsetting to their _régime_
-than the abandoning of these canons. This was probably recognised
-by those who were furthering the cause of Ra-Horakhti, and the
-young king may have been assisted and encouraged in his views.
-Presently it may have been brought home to him that, since he was
-thus the representative of those archaic kings and the High Priest
-of their god, it was fitting that the canons acknowledged by those
-far-off ancestors should be recognised by him. Here, then, he would
-both please his own romantic fancy and deal a blow at the Amon
-priesthood by banning the art which they upheld, and by infusing
-into the sculptures and paintings of his time something of the
-spirit of the most ancient art of Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: _The Art of Akhnaton compared with Archaic Art._
-
- 1. The head of Akhnaton. From a contemporary drawing.
- 2. The head of a king. From an archaic statuette found by
- Professor Petrie at Abydos.
- 3. The head of Akhnaton. From a contemporary drawing.
- 4. The head of a prince. From an archaic tablet found by
- Professor Petrie at Abydos.
- 5. An archaic statuette found by Professor Petrie at Diospolis,
- showing the large thighs found in the art of Akhnaton.]
-
-In the old temples of Heliopolis and elsewhere a few relics of
-that period, no doubt, were still preserved; and the king was thus
-able to study the wood and slate carvings and the ivory figures of
-archaic times. We of the present day can also study such figures,
-a few specimens having been brought to light by modern excavators;
-and the similarity between the treatment of the human body in this
-archaic art and the new art of Akhnaton at once becomes apparent.
-In the accompanying illustrations some archaic figures are shown,
-and one may perhaps see in them the origin of the idiosyncrasies
-of the new school. Here and in all representations of archaic men
-one sees the elongated skull so characteristic of the king’s style;
-in the ivory figure of an archaic Pharaoh one sees the well-known
-droop of Akhnaton’s head and his pointed chin; in the clay and
-ivory figures is the prominent stomach; and here also, most
-apparent of all, are the unaccountably large thighs and ponderous
-hips.
-
-Akhnaton’s art might thus be said to be a kind of renaissance--a
-return to the classical period of archaic days; the underlying
-motive of this return being the desire to lay emphasis upon the
-king’s character as the representative of that most ancient of all
-gods, Ra-Horakhti.
-
-Another feature of the new religion now becomes apparent. In the
-worship of Ra-Horakhti Aton there was an endeavour to do honour to
-the Pharaoh as the son of the sun, and to the god as the founder of
-the royal line. Tradition stated that Ra or Ra-Horakhti had once
-reigned upon earth, and that his spirit had passed from Pharaoh to
-Pharaoh. This god was thus the only true King of Heaven, and Amon
-was but a usurper of much more recent date. It was for this reason
-that the names of the new god were placed within royal cartouches;
-and for this reason the king was so careful to call Ra-Horakhti
-his “father,” and to name him “god and king.” For this reason also
-Akhnaton often wore the crown of Lower Egypt which was used at
-Heliopolis, but never the crown of Upper Egypt, which history told
-him did not exist when Ra ruled on earth.[30]
-
-Apart from the representation of the human form, the new art is
-chiefly characterised by its freedom of poses. An attempt is made
-to break away from tradition, and a desire is shown to have done
-with the conventions of the age. Never before had the artists
-caught the swing of a walk, the relaxation of a seated figure, so
-well or so truthfully. Sculpture in the round now reached a height
-of perfection which places it above all but the art of the Greeks
-in the old world; and there is a grace and naturalness in the
-low-reliefs which command one’s admiration.
-
-There are only two artists of the period who are known by name.
-The one was a certain Auta, who is represented in a relief dating
-from some eight years after the change in the art had taken place.
-It is a significant fact that this personage held the post of
-master-artist to Queen Tiy; and it is possible that in him and his
-patron we have the originators of the movement. The king, however,
-was now old enough to take an active interest in such matters; and
-the other artist who is known by name, a certain Bek, definitely
-states that the king himself taught him. Thus there is reason to
-suppose that the young Pharaoh’s own hand is to be traced in the
-new canons, although they were instituted when he was but fifteen
-years old.
-
-
- 8. THE NEW RELIGION DEVELOPS.
-
-There is an interesting record, apparently dating from about
-this period, which is to be seen upon the rocks near the breccia
-quarries of Wady Hammamât. Here there are three cartouches standing
-upon two _neb_ signs, symbolic of sovereignty, and above them is
-the disk and rays of the new religion. One of these cartouches,
-surmounted by the tall feathers worn by the queens of this period,
-contains a very short name, which can only be that of Queen
-Tiy.[31] The other two cartouches contain the names Amonhotep (IV.)
-and the Pharaoh’s second designation. Thus we see that after the
-new religious symbol had been introduced, and just before the king
-took the name of “Akhnaton,” Queen Tiy still held equal royal rank
-with him, and was evidently Regent.
-
-[Illustration: _The Artist Auta._]
-
-During the fifteenth to the seventeenth years of his age the king
-devoted a considerable amount of time and thought to the changes
-which were taking place. With the enthusiasm of youth he threw
-himself into the new movement, and one may suppose that it required
-all Queen Tiy’s tact and diplomacy to keep him from offending his
-country by some rash action against the priesthood of Amon. Those
-priests were by no means reconciled to the king’s devotion to
-Ra-Horakhti; and although he still nominally served the Theban god,
-they felt that every day he was becoming more estranged from that
-deity. No doubt there were many passages of arms between the High
-Priest of Amon-Ra and this royal High Priest of the sun, young as
-he was. The new art, upsetting all the old religious conventions,
-was distasteful to the priests; the new religious thought did not
-conform to their stereotyped doctrines; and much that the king said
-was absolutely heretical to their ears. The tide of new thought,
-directed in so eager and boyishly unreserved a manner, was sweeping
-them from their feet, and they knew not whither they were being
-carried.
-
-The court officials blindly followed their young king, and to
-every word which he spoke they listened attentively. Sometimes
-the thoughts which he voiced came direct from the mazes of his
-own mind; sometimes perhaps he repeated the utterances of his
-deep-thinking mother; and sometimes there passed from his lips the
-pearls of wisdom which he had gleaned from the wise men of his
-court. It had been the boy’s desire to listen to the dreams of
-the East, to receive into his brain those speculations which ever
-meander so charmedly through the lands more near the sunrise. At
-his behest the dreamers of Asia related to him their visions; the
-philosophers made pregnant his mind with the mystery of knowledge;
-the poets sung to him harp-songs in which echoed the cry of the
-elder days; the priests of strange gods submitted to him the
-creeds of strange people. To him was made known the sweetness of
-the legends of Greece. The laughter of the woods rang in his ears,
-though never in narrow Egypt had he felt the enchantment of great
-forests. He had not seen the mountains, and the wooded slopes which
-rise from the Mediterranean were scenes but dreamed of; and yet it
-was the flute of Pan and the song of the nymphs in the mountain
-streams which set the thoughts dancing within his misshapen skull.
-He had not walked in the shadow of the cedars of Lebanon, nor had
-he ascended the Syrian hills; but nevertheless the hymns of Adonis
-and the chants of Baal were as familiar to him as were the solemn
-chants of Amon-Ra. The rose-gardens of Persia, the incense-groves
-of Araby, added their philosophies to his dreams, and the
-haunting lips of Babylon whispered to him tales of far-off days.
-From Sardinia, Sicily, Crete, and Cyprus there came to him the
-doctrines of those who had business in great waters; and Libya and
-Ethiopia disclosed their mysteries to his eager ears. The fertile
-brain of the Pharaoh was thus sown at an early age with the seed of
-all that was wonderful in the world of thought.
-
-It must always be remembered that the king had much foreign blood
-in his veins. On the other hand, those men to whom he spoke, though
-highly educated, were but superstitious Egyptians who could not
-relieve themselves of the belief that a divine power rested upon
-the Pharaoh. Thus his speculative young brain poured its fantasies
-into attentive minds unbiassed by rival speculations, though
-narrowed by conventions. Egyptians, ever lacking in originality,
-have always possessed the power to imitate and adapt; and those
-nobles whose fortunes were dependent upon the royal favour soon
-learnt to attune their minds to the note of their king. Daily they
-must have gone about their business, ostentatiously attempting to
-hold to the difficult path of truth; laboriously telling themselves
-what wonders the new thought revealed to them; loudly praising the
-wisdom of the boy-Pharaoh; and nervously asking themselves whether
-and when the wrath of Amon would smite them.
-
-Thus encouraged, the king and his mother developed their
-speculations, and drew into their circle of followers some of
-the greatest nobles of the land. A striking example of this
-proselytising is to be found in the tomb of the Vizir Rames. It has
-already been stated that that official had constructed for himself
-a sepulchre in the Theban necropolis, upon the walls of which he
-had first caused a portrait of the young king to be sculptured in
-the old conventional style, and later had added another portrait
-of the Pharaoh standing beneath the radiating beams of the sun,
-executed in the new style. Rames now added various other scenes and
-inscriptions, and he records a certain speech made by the king to
-him, and his own reply.
-
- “The words of Ra,” the king had said, “are before thee.... My
- august father[32] taught me their essence and [revealed] them
- to me.... They were known in my heart, opened to my face. I
- understood....”
-
- “Thou art the Only One of Aton; in possession of his designs,”
- replied Rames. “Thou hast directed the mountains. The fear of
- thee is in the midst of their secret chambers, as it is in the
- hearts of the people. The mountains hearken to thee as the people
- hearken.”
-
-Thus one sees how the king was already formulating some kind of
-doctrine in his head, and that the nobles were receiving it; but it
-is significant that there are here representations of Rames loaded
-with gifts by the Pharaoh, as though in reward for his allegiance.
-The Pharaoh seems, indeed, to have showered honours upon those
-who appeared to grasp intelligently the thoughts which were
-still immature in his own head; and there must have been many an
-antagonist who rallied to his standard from the sheer love of gold.
-The king was in need of all the support which he could muster,
-for an open break with the priesthood of Amon-Ra grew more and
-more probable as his doctrines shaped themselves in his mind; and
-although the people of Egypt as a whole would, without question,
-follow their Pharaoh for the one reason that he _was_ Pharaoh,
-there was every probability that the Amon priesthood and the Theban
-populace would make something of a stand against any infringement
-of the rights of their local god.
-
-The young Pharaoh seems to have been very popular, and one may
-presume that he inherited, from his illustrious fathers, the
-charm of manner which there is not a little evidence to show they
-possessed. Throughout his life, and for some years after his death,
-he retained the affection of his people; and when one considers
-how faithfully his nobles followed him so long as he had strength
-and health to lead them, and how completely lost they were at his
-death, one realises how great an influence he must have exerted
-over them. Even at this early age they seem to have possessed a
-deep regard for the grave, thoughtful boy; and behind all the
-pretence, the hypocrisy, and the merely conventional loyalty, one
-surely catches a glimpse of a strong, personal affection for the
-king.
-
-We must here record the birth of the king’s first daughter, which
-occurred in about the fifth year of his reign, when he was some
-sixteen years of age, and when Nefertiti was about thirteen years
-old. The child was named Merytaton, “Beloved of Aton”; and though
-the advent of a daughter instead of a son must have been a
-grave disappointment to the royal couple, a remarkable degree of
-affection was lavished upon the little girl, as will be apparent in
-the sequel.
-
-
- 9. THE NATURE OF THE NEW RELIGION.
-
-There was nothing strikingly exalted in the religion which was
-now so filling the king’s mind. Ra-Horakhti Aton was in no
-wise considered as the only god: there were as yet no ideas of
-monotheism in the doctrine. In the new temple at Karnak, as we have
-seen, Horus, Set, Wepwat, and other gods were named; and elsewhere
-Amon was reluctantly recognised. The goddess Maat, in the tomb
-of Rames, was not obliterated from the walls, but still stood
-protecting the king; and in the same tomb Horus of Edfu is invoked.
-In the tomb of Horemheb, Horus, Osiris, Isis, Nephthys, and Hathor
-are mentioned, and the gods of the Necropolis still receive honour;
-Horemheb himself still holds the honorary post of High Priest of
-Horus, Lord of Alabastronpolis; Thoth and Maat are referred to;
-and there is a magical prayer to Ra, which is by no means of
-lofty character. Scarabs of this period speak of the Pharaoh as
-beloved of Thoth. And in a letter to the king dated in the fifth
-year of his reign, Ptah and “the gods and goddesses” of Memphis are
-referred to.
-
-This letter is of such interest that a fuller account of it must
-here be given. It was addressed to the king, who is still called
-Amonhotep, by a royal steward named Apiy, who lived at Memphis.
-Two copies of the letter were found at Gurob,[33] both dated in
-the fifth year of the king’s reign, the third month of winter,
-and the nineteenth day. The letter begins with the full titles of
-the Pharaoh, including the phrase “living in truth,” which from
-this time onwards was always added to his name. Then follows the
-invocation: “May Ptah of the beautiful countenance work for thee,
-who created thy beauties, thy true father who raised (?) thee from
-his house to rule the orbit of the Aton.” Next comes the real
-business of the letter: “A communication is this to the Master,
-[to whom be] life, prosperity, and health, to give information
-that the temple of thy father Ptah ... is sound and prosperous; the
-house of Pharaoh ... is flourishing; the establishments of Pharaoh
-... are flourishing; the residence of Pharaoh ... is flourishing
-and healthy; the offerings of all the gods and goddesses who are
-upon the soil (?) of Memphis are ... complete; complete [are they]
-there is nothing delayed from them.” Again the titles of the king
-are given, and the letter ends with the date.
-
-Thus in the fifth year of the king’s reign, when he was about
-sixteen years of age, the various gods of Egypt were still
-acknowledged; and, though the art had been changed and the worship
-of Ra-Horakhti under the name of Aton had made great strides
-towards supremacy, there is as yet no sign of the lofty monotheism
-which the Pharaoh was soon to propound.
-
-In the portions of the tomb of Horemheb which date from
-this period, Ra-Horakhti is invoked in the following words:
-“Ra-Horakhti, great god, Lord of heaven, Lord of earth, who cometh
-forth from his horizon and illuminateth the Two Lands [of Egypt],
-the sun of darkness as the great one, as Ra;” and again: “Ra,
-Lord of Truth, great god, sovereign of Heliopolis, ... Horakhti,
-only god, king of the gods, who rises in the west and sendeth
-forth his beauty.” From other sources, which we have seen, the
-god is called “Ra-Horakhti rejoicing in the horizon in his name
-Heat-which-is-in-Aton.”
-
-Here we have simply the old religion of Heliopolis, to which has
-been grafted something of the doctrines of the Syrian Adonis or
-Aton. At Heliopolis there was a sacred bull, known as Mnevis, which
-was regarded as the living personification of Ra-Horakhti, and
-which was treated with divine honours, like the more famous Apis
-bull of Memphis. Even this superstition was accepted by the king at
-this time, and continued to be acknowledged by him for yet another
-year or two.[34] The “Heat-which-is-in-Aton” offered food for much
-speculation, and, by directing the attention to an intangible
-quality of the sun, opened up the widest fields for religious
-thought. But, with this exception, there was nothing as yet in the
-new religion to command one’s admiration.
-
-
-
-
- III.
-
- AKHNATON FOUNDS A NEW CITY.
-
- “A brave soul, undauntedly facing the momentum of immemorial
- tradition ... that he might disseminate ideas far beyond and
- above the capacity of his age to understand.”--BREASTED: ‘History
- of Egypt.’
-
-
- 1. THE BREAK WITH THE PRIESTHOOD OF AMON-RA.
-
-The expected break with the priesthood of Amon was not long in
-coming. One knows nothing of the details of the quarrel, but it may
-be supposed that Akhnaton himself flung down the gauntlet, making
-the rash attempt to rid himself of the weight of an organisation
-which had proved such a drag upon his actions. There is no evidence
-to show that he disbanded the priesthood, or prohibited the
-worship of Amon at this period of his reign; but as the ultimate
-persecution of that god, some years later, commenced very soon
-after the death of his mother, one may suppose that it was her
-restraining influence which prevented him from precipitating a
-struggle to the death with the god of Thebes. The king was now
-entering upon the sixth year of his reign and the seventeenth of
-his age, and he was already developing in his mind theories and
-principles which were soon to produce radical changes in the new
-religion of the Court. He found, no doubt, that it was hopeless
-to attempt to convert the people of Thebes to the new doctrines;
-and daily he realised the more clearly that the development either
-of the faith of Ra-Horakhti Aton, or of the ideals which he was
-beginning to find therein, was cramped and checked by the hostility
-of the influences which pressed around his immediate circle. From
-the walls of every temple, from pylons and gateways, pillars and
-obelisks, the figure of Amon stared down at him in defiance;
-and everywhere he was confronted with the tokens of that god’s
-power. His little temple at Karnak was overshadowed by the larger
-buildings of Amon; and the few priests who served at the new altar
-were lost amidst the crowds of the ministers of the Theban god. How
-could the flower thrive and bloom in such uncongenial soil? How
-could the sun shine through such density of conventional tradition?
-
-The king, no doubt, endeavoured to cripple the priesthood of Amon
-by cutting down its budget as much as possible, and by attempting
-to win over to his side some of the priests of high standing. Had
-he succeeded in reducing it to the rank of the smaller cults, it
-is probable that he would have been satisfied so to leave it; for
-at this time he wished only to place Ra-Horakhti in a position of
-undoubted supremacy above all other gods. But the vast resources of
-Amon seemed unconquerable, and there appeared to be little chance
-of reducing the priesthood to a position of inferior rank.
-
-In this dilemma the king took a step which had been for some
-time considered in his mind and in the minds of his advisers. He
-decided to abandon Thebes. He would build a city far away from all
-contaminating influences, and there he would hold his court and
-worship his god. On clean, new soil, he would establish the earthly
-home of Ra-Horakhti Aton, and there, with his faithful followers,
-he would develop those schemes which now so filled his brain. Thus
-also, by reducing Thebes to the position of a provincial town, he
-might lessen the power of the priesthood of Amon; for no longer
-would Amon be the royal god, the god of the capital. He would shake
-the dust of Thebes from off his sandals, and never again would
-he allow himself to be baffled and irritated by the sight of the
-glories of Amon.
-
-The first step which he took was that of changing his
-name from Amonhotep, “The-Peace-of-Amon,” to Akhnaton,
-“The-Glory-of-Aton”; and from that time forth the word Amon hardly
-passed his lips. He retained two of his other names,--_i.e._,
-“Beautiful-is-the-Being-of-Ra,” and “The-Only-One-of-Ra,” the
-latter being often used by him; but such titles and names as that
-which made mention of Karnak be entirely dispensed with. He now
-laid more stress upon the nature of his god as “Aton” or “the
-Aton”[35] than as Ra-Horakhti; and from this time onwards the
-name Ra-Horakhti becomes less and less prominent, though retained
-throughout the king’s reign.
-
-
- 2. AKHNATON SELECTS THE SITE OF HIS CITY.
-
-Down the river it would seem that the young Pharaoh now sailed
-in his royal _dahabiyeh_, looking to right and left as he went,
-now inspecting this site and now examining that. At last he came
-upon a place which suited his fancy to perfection. It was situated
-about 160 miles above the modern Cairo. At this point the limestone
-cliffs upon the east bank leave the river and recede for about
-three miles, returning to the water some five or six miles farther
-along. Thus a bay is formed which is protected on its west side
-by the river in which there here lies a small island, and in all
-other directions by the crescent of the cliffs. Upon the island
-he would erect pavilions and pleasure-houses. Along the edge of
-the river there was a narrow strip of cultivated land whereon he
-would plant his palace gardens, and those of the nobles’ villas.
-Behind this verdant band the smooth desert stretched, and here
-he would build the palace itself and the great temples. Behind
-this again, the sand and gravel surface of the wilderness gently
-sloped up to the foot of the cliffs, and here there would be roads
-and causeways whereon the chariots might be whirled in the early
-mornings. In the face of the cliffs he would cut his tomb and those
-of his followers; and at intervals around the crescent of these
-hills he would cause great boundary-stones to be made, so that all
-men might know and respect the limits of his city. What splendid
-quays would edge the river, what palaces reflect their whiteness
-in its waters! There would be broad shaded avenues, and shimmering
-lakes surrounded by the fairest trees of Asia. Temples would raise
-their lofty pylons to the blue skies, and broad courts should lie
-stretched in the sunlight.
-
-In Akhnaton’s youthful mind there already stood the temples and
-the mansions; already he heard the sound of sweet music. The
-laughter of maidens was added to the singing of the birds which
-he heard in the trees; the pomp of imperial Egypt displaced the
-farm-houses and the fields of corn which now occupied the site;
-and the song of the shepherd in the wilderness was changed to the
-rolling psalms of the Aton. Fair was this dream and enthralling to
-the dreamer. To Queen Tiy it probably did not appeal so strongly;
-for Thebes was full of associations to her, and her palace beside
-the lake was very dear. There is, indeed, every reason to suppose
-that the dowager-queen lived on at Thebes after her son had
-abandoned it.
-
-
- 3. THE FIRST FOUNDATION INSCRIPTION.
-
-Preparations were soon made for the laying out of the city, and
-in a very short time Akhnaton was called upon to visit the site
-in order to perform the foundation ceremonies. Fortunately the
-inscriptions upon some of the boundary tablets in the desert tell
-us something of the manner in which the king marked the limits of
-the city.[36] The first inscription reads as follows:--
-
- Year 6, fourth month of the second season, day 13.[37] ... On
- this day the King was in the City of the Horizon of Aton.[38] His
- Majesty ascended a great chariot of electrum, [appearing] like
- Aton when he rises from his [eastern] horizon and fills the land
- with his love; and he started a goodly course [from his camping
- place] to the City of the Horizon.... Heaven was joyful, earth
- was glad, and every heart was happy when they saw him. And his
- Majesty offered a great sacrifice to Aton, of bread, beer, horned
- bulls, polled bulls, beasts, fowl, wine, incense, frankincense,
- and all goodly herbs on this day of demarcating the City of the
- Horizon....
-
- After these things, the good pleasure of Aton being done, ...
- [the King returned from] the City of the Horizon, and he rested
- upon his great throne with which he is well pleased, which
- uplifts his beauties. And his Majesty continued in the presence
- of his father Aton, and Aton shone upon him in life and length of
- days, invigorating his body each day.
-
- And his Majesty said, “Bring me the companions of the King, the
- great ones and the mighty ones, the captains of soldiers, and
- the nobles of the land in its entirety.” And they were conducted
- to him straightway, and they lay on their bellies before his
- Majesty, kissing the ground before his mighty will.
-
- And his Majesty said unto them, “Ye behold the City of the
- Horizon of Aton, which the Aton has desired me to make for him as
- a monument in the great name of my Majesty for ever. For it was
- the Aton, my father, that brought me to this City of the Horizon.
- There was not a noble who directed me to it; there was not any
- man in the whole land who led me to it, saying, ‘It is fitting
- for his Majesty that he make a City of the Horizon of Aton in
- this place.’ Nay, but it was the Aton, my father, that directed
- me to it to make it for him.... Behold the Pharaoh found that
- [this site] belonged not to a god, nor to a goddess, it belonged
- not to a prince, nor to a princess. There was no right for any
- man to act as owner of it.” ...
-
- [... And they answered and said] “Lo! it is Aton that putteth
- [the thought] in thy heart regarding any place that he desires.
- He doth not uplift the name of any King except thy Majesty; he
- doth not [exalt] any other except [thee.] ... Thou drawest unto
- Aton every land, thou adornest for him the towns which he had
- made for his own self, all lands, all countries, the Hanebu[39]
- with their products and their tribute upon their backs for him
- that made their life, and by whose rays one lives and breathes
- the air. May he grant eternity in seeing his rays.... Verily, the
- City of the Horizon will thrive like Aton in heaven for ever and
- ever.”
-
- Then his Majesty lifted his hand to heaven unto Him that formed
- him, saying, “As my father Ra-Horakhti Aton liveth, the great
- and living Aton, ordaining life, vigorous in life, my father,
- my rampart of a million cubits, my remembrancer of eternity,
- my witness of that which pertains to eternity, who formeth
- himself with his own hands, whom no artificer hath known, who is
- established in rising and in setting each day without ceasing.
- Whether he is in heaven or in earth,[40] every eye seeth him
- without [failing,] while he fills the land with his beams and
- makes every face to live. With seeing whom may my eyes be
- satisfied daily, when he rises in this temple of Aton in the City
- of the Horizon, and fills it with his own self by his beams,
- beauteous in love, and lays them upon me in life and length of
- days for ever and ever.
-
- “I will make the City of the Horizon of Aton for the Aton, my
- father, in this place. I will not make the City south of it,
- north of it, west of it, or east of it. I will not pass beyond
- the southern boundary-stone southward, neither will I pass beyond
- the northern boundary-stone northward to make for him a City of
- the Horizon there; neither will I make for him a city on the
- western side. Nay, but I will make the City of the Horizon for
- the Aton, my father, upon the east side, the place which he did
- enclose for his own self with cliffs, and made a plain (?) in
- the midst of it that I might sacrifice to him thereon: this is
- it. Neither shall the Queen say unto me, ‘Behold, there is a
- goodly place for the City of the Horizon in another place,’ and
- I hearken unto her. Neither shall any noble nor [any one] of all
- men who are in the whole land [say unto me], ‘Behold, there is a
- goodly place for the City of the Horizon in another place,’ and
- I hearken unto them. Whether it be down-stream or southwards,
- or westwards, or eastwards, I will not say ‘I will abandon this
- City of the Horizon and will hasten away and make the City of
- the Horizon in this other goodly place’ for ever. Nay, but I did
- find this City of the Horizon for the Aton, which he had himself
- desired, and with which he is pleased for ever and ever.
-
- “I will make a temple of Aton for the Aton, my father, in this
- place. I will make a ... of Aton for the Aton, my father, in this
- place. I will make a Shadow-of-the-Sun[41] of the Great Wife of
- the King, Nefertiti, for the Aton, my father, in this place. I
- will make a House of Rejoicing for the Aton, my father, on the
- island of ‘Aton illustrious in Festivals’ in this place.... I
- will make all works which are necessary for the Aton, my father,
- in this place. I will make ... for the Aton, my father, in this
- place. I will make for myself the Palace of Pharaoh; and I will
- make the Palace of the Queen in this place. There shall be made
- for me a sepulchre in the eastern hills; my burial shall be
- made therein ... and the burial of the Chief Wife of the King,
- Nefertiti, shall be made therein, and the burial of the King’s
- daughter Merytaton shall be made therein. If I die in any town
- of the north, south, west, or east, I will be brought here and
- my burial shall be made in the City of the Horizon. If the Great
- Queen, Nefertiti, who lives, die in any town of the north, south,
- west, or east, she shall be brought here and buried in the City
- of the Horizon. If the King’s daughter Merytaton die in any town
- of the north, south, west, or east, she shall be brought here
- and buried in the City of the Horizon. And the sepulchre of
- Mnevis shall be made in the eastern hills and he shall be buried
- therein. The tombs of the High Priests and the Divine Fathers
- and the priests of the Aton shall be made in the eastern hills,
- and they shall be buried therein. The tombs of the officers, and
- others, shall be made in the eastern hills, and they shall be
- buried therein.
-
- “For as my father Ra-Horakhti Aton liveth ... [the words?] of
- the priests, more evil are they than those things which I heard
- until the year four, more evil are they than those things which I
- have heard in ... more evil are they than those things which King
- [Nebmaara[42]] heard, more evil are they than those things which
- Menkheperura[43] heard....”
-
-The rest of the inscription is so much broken that only a few
-words here and there can be read. They seem to refer to the king’s
-further projects,--how he will make ships to sail to and from the
-city, how he will build granaries, celebrate festivals, plant
-trees, and so on.
-
-The reference to the year four is very interesting, and it would
-seem that it was at about that date that the king’s eyes were
-opened to the necessity of making war upon the priesthood of Amon.
-As we have seen, it was in about the fourth year of his reign that
-the great changes in the art took place, and the symbol of the
-sun’s rays was introduced into the sculptures. The mention of the
-two previous Pharaohs shows that troubles were already brewing
-then; but it had remained for the energetic young Akhnaton to bring
-matters to a head.
-
-
- 4. THE SECOND FOUNDATION INSCRIPTION.
-
-The inscription recording these events was probably not written
-until some months after they had occurred. Just when the engravers
-had made an end of their work a second daughter was born to the
-king and queen, whom they named Meketaton; and orders were given
-that her figure should be added upon the boundary tablet beside
-that of her sister, which already appeared there with Akhnaton and
-Nefertiti. The king was somewhat distressed that a son had not been
-granted to him; for the thought was bitter that, in the event of
-his death, all his projects would fall to the ground. He therefore
-altered the wording of the inscriptions about to be written on the
-other boundary tablets; and, by including his oath in the text,
-he added an even greater integrity to the decree. The name of the
-second daughter was now inserted in this inscription, which reads:--
-
- Year six, fourth month of the second season, thirteenth day.
-
- On this day the King was in the City of the Horizon of Aton, in
- the parti-coloured tent made for his Majesty in the City of the
- Horizon, the name of which is “The Aton is well pleased.” And his
- Majesty ascended a great chariot of electrum, drawn by a span
- of horses, and [he appeared] like Aton when he rises from the
- horizon and fills the two lands with his love. And he started
- a goodly course to the City of the Horizon, on this the first
- occasion, ... to dedicate it as a monument to the Aton, even as
- his father Ra-Horakhti Aton had given command.... And he caused
- a great sacrifice to be offered.
-
- And his Majesty went southward, and halted on his chariot before
- his father Ra-Horakhti Aton, at the [foot of the] south-east
- hills, and Aton shone upon him in life and length of days,
- invigorating his body every day.
-
- Now this is the oath pronounced by the King:--
-
- “As my father Ra-Horakhti Aton liveth, as my heart is happy in
- the Queen and her children--as to whom may it be granted that
- the Chief Wife of the King, Nefertiti, living for ever and ever,
- grow aged after a multitude of years, in the care of the Pharaoh,
- and may it be granted that the King’s daughter Merytaton and the
- King’s daughter Meketaton, her children, grow old in the care of
- the Chief Wife of the King, their mother....
-
- “This is my oath of truth which it is my desire to pronounce, and
- of which I will not say ‘It is false’ eternally for ever.
-
- “The southern boundary-stone which is on the eastern hills. It is
- the boundary-stone of the City of the Horizon, namely this one by
- which I have made halt. I will not pass beyond it southwards for
- ever and ever. Make the south-west boundary-stone opposite it on
- the western hills of the City of the Horizon exactly.
-
- “The middle boundary-stone which is on the eastern hills. It is
- the boundary-stone of the City of the Horizon by which I have
- made halt on the eastern hills of the City of the Horizon. I will
- not pass beyond it eastwards for ever and ever. Make the middle
- boundary-stone which is to be on the western hills opposite it
- exactly.
-
- “The north-eastern boundary-stone by which I have made halt. It
- is the northern boundary-stone of the City of the Horizon. I will
- not pass beyond it down-stream for ever and ever. Make the north
- boundary-stone which is to be on the western hills opposite it
- exactly.
-
- “And the City of the Horizon of Aton extends from the south
- boundary-stone as far as the north boundary-stone, measured
- between boundary-stone and boundary-stone on the eastern, hills
- [which measurement] amounts to 6 _ater_,[44] ¾ _khe_, and 4
- cubits. Likewise from the south-west boundary-stone to the
- north-west boundary-stone on the western hills [the measurement]
- amounts to 6 _ater_, ¾ _khe_, and 4 cubits likewise exactly.
-
- “And the area within these four boundary-stones from the eastern
- hills to the western hills is the City of the Horizon of Aton
- in its proper self. It belongs to my father Ra-Horakhti Aton:
- mountains, deserts, meadows, islands, high-ground, low-ground,
- land, water, villages, embankments, men, beasts, groves, and all
- things which the Aton my father shall bring into existence for
- ever and ever.
-
- “I will not neglect this oath which I have made to the Aton my
- father for ever and ever; nay, but it shall be set on a tablet
- of stone as the south-east boundary, likewise as the north-east
- boundary of the City of the Horizon; and it shall be set likewise
- on a tablet of stone as the south-west boundary, likewise as the
- north-west boundary of the City of the Horizon. It shall not be
- erased, it shall not be washed out, it shall not be kicked,
- it shall not be struck with stones, its spoiling shall not be
- brought about. If it be missing, if it be spoilt, if the tablet
- on which it is shall fall, I will renew it again afresh in the
- place in which it was.”
-
-
- 5. THE DEPARTURE FROM THEBES.
-
-From the above inscription one sees that Akhnaton had now decided
-to include the west bank of the river, opposite to the original
-site, in the new domain; and the great boundary tablets are there
-to be found as on the eastern side. By the time these decrees were
-engraved the Pharaoh was nearly eighteen years of age; and these
-developments in his plans are the natural signs of the progress of
-his brain towards that of a grown man.
-
-Having laid the foundations of the city, the king probably
-returned to Thebes, where he waited as patiently as possible for
-his dream to take concrete form. This period of waiting must have
-been peculiarly trying to him, for his troubles with the Amon
-priesthood must have embittered his days. He seems, however, to
-have been extremely devoted to his wife, Nefertiti, who had now
-grown, it would seem, into a beautiful young woman of fifteen or
-sixteen years of age; and the arrival of the second baby afforded
-an interest which meant much to him. One may now picture the king
-and queen living, in the seclusion of the palace, a homely, simple
-existence, ever dwelling in a happy day-dream upon the future
-glories of the new city, and the rising power of the religion of
-Aton. Akhnaton’s ill-health, of course, must have caused both
-his friends and himself much anxiety; but even this had its
-compensations, for those who suffer from epilepsy are by the gods
-beloved, and Akhnaton, no doubt, believed the hallucinations due to
-his disease to be god-given visions. There must have been a very
-considerable amount of business to be worked through in connection
-with the building of the city, and he could have had little time to
-brood upon what he now considered to be the wrongs inflicted upon
-him and his house by the priests of Amon.
-
-So passed the seventh year of his reign without any particular
-records to mark it. At Aswan there is a monument which perhaps
-dates from about this period. The king’s chief sculptor, Bek,
-was there employed in obtaining red granite for the decoration
-of the new city; and he caused to be made upon a large rock a
-commemorative tablet. On it one sees him before Akhnaton, whose
-figure has been erased at a later date; and the altar of the Aton,
-above which are the usual sun’s rays, stands beside them. Bek calls
-himself “The Chief of the Works in the Red [Granite] Hills, the
-assistant whom his Majesty himself taught, Chief of the Sculptors
-on the great and mighty monuments of the King in the house of Aton
-in the City of the Horizon of Aton.” Here also one sees Men, the
-father of Bek, who was also Chief of the Sculptors, presenting an
-offering to a statue of Amonhotep III., under whom he had served.
-
-The eighth year of Akhnaton’s reign, and the nineteenth year of
-his age, was memorable, for it would seem that he now took up his
-permanent residence in the City of the Horizon. On some of the
-boundary tablets a repetition of the royal oath is recorded; and,
-as this is the last mention of _a visit_ made by Akhnaton to the
-new capital, one may suppose that henceforth he was resident there.
-The inscription reads:--
-
- This oath (of the sixth year) was repeated in year eight, first
- month of the second season, eighth day. The King was in the
- City of the Horizon of Aton, and Pharaoh stood mounted on a
- great chariot of electrum, inspecting the boundary-stones of the
- Aton....
-
-Then follows a list of these boundary-stones, and the inscription
-ends with the words:--
-
- And the breadth of the City of the Horizon of Aton is from cliff
- to cliff, from the eastern horizon of heaven to the western
- horizon of heaven. It shall be for my father Ra-Horakhti Aton,
- its hills, its deserts, all its fowl, all its people, all its
- cattle, all things which the Aton produces, on which his rays
- shine, all things which are in ... the City of the Horizon, they
- shall be for the father, the living Aton, unto the temple of
- Aton in the City of the Horizon for ever and ever; they are all
- offered to his spirit. And may his rays be beauteous when they
- receive them.
-
-[Illustration: _Akhnaton and Nefertiti with their three Daughters._]
-
-Thus was the king’s city planned and laid out. The two years
-of feverish work had probably produced considerable results, and
-already we may picture the city taking form. The royal palace was
-perhaps almost finished by now, and the villas of some of the
-nobles were habitable. With many a sigh of relief Akhnaton must
-have bade farewell to Thebes. A third daughter, who was named
-Ankhsenpaaton, had just been born; and one may thus picture the
-royal party which sailed down the river as being very distinctly
-a family. One sees Akhnaton, a sickly young man of nineteen years
-of age, walking to and fro upon the deck of the royal vessel,
-with his hand upon the shoulder of his fair young wife, now some
-seventeen years old, in whose arms the baby princess is carried.
-Toddling beside them are the two other princesses, one somewhat
-over two years of age, the other about four years. The queen’s
-sister, Nezemmut, records of whose existence soon become apparent,
-was perhaps also of the party, having left the court of Mitanni
-to be a companion to Nefertiti. Ay and Ty, the foster-parents of
-Nefertiti, were doubtless with the royal family now as they sailed
-down the river; and several of the nobles who play a part in the
-following pages no doubt formed the suite which attended to the
-royal commands.
-
-
- 6. THE AGE OF AKHNATON.
-
-We have spoken of the king as being nineteen years old. The story
-has now reached a point at which we must pause to consider this
-vexed question of Akhnaton’s age. In the above pages it has been
-said that the Pharaoh was about eleven years old at his marriage
-and accession to the throne; was fifteen when the canons of art
-were changed and the symbols of the Aton religion introduced; was
-seventeen when the foundations of the new city were laid; and was
-nineteen when he took up his residence there. Let us study these
-ages in the above order.
-
-[Illustration: _The Head of the Mummy of Thothmes IV., the
-grandfather of Akhnaton._]
-
-Firstly, then, as to the king’s marriage. The mummy of Thothmes
-IV., the grandfather of Akhnaton, has been shown by Dr Elliot
-Smith to be that of a man not more than about twenty-six years of
-age. That king was succeeded by his son Amonhotep III., who is
-known to have been married to Queen Tiy before the second year
-of his reign, and to have been old enough at that time to begin
-to hunt big game. It would be difficult to believe that he would
-be permitted to join any hunting party, however secure against
-accident, before the twelfth year of his age; but, on the other
-hand, if he was more than that age, his father would have to have
-been less than twelve at _his_ marriage. Thus the only possible
-conclusion is that both Thothmes IV. and Amonhotep III. were barely
-thirteen when they were married, and very possibly even younger.
-This is shown to be a correct conclusion by the fact that the mummy
-of Amonhotep III. has been pronounced by Dr Elliot Smith to be
-that of a man of forty-five or fifty; and as he reigned thirty-six
-years he must have been _at most_ fourteen, and probably some years
-younger, at his accession and marriage.
-
-There is not sufficient evidence to show at what ages the previous
-Pharaohs of the dynasty had married, but as Akhnaton’s father and
-grandfather entered into matrimony at this early age, it would not
-be safe to suppose that he himself delayed his marriage till a
-later age. Queen Tiy was in all probability married when she was
-ten or eleven years old.[45] Akhnaton’s daughter Merytaton, who
-was born in the fourth or fifth year of his reign, was, as will
-be seen in due course, married before the seventeenth year of the
-reign--that is to say, when she was twelve or younger. The Princess
-Ankhsenpaaton, who was born in the eighth year, was married, at
-latest, two years after Akhnaton’s death--_i.e._, when she was
-eleven. Another of Akhnaton’s daughters, Nefernefernaton, who has
-not yet appeared, was born in her father’s eleventh year and was
-married before the fifteenth, and therefore could only have been
-four or five years of age.
-
-Child-marriages such as these are common in Egypt, even at the
-present day. Those who have lived on the Nile, and have studied the
-national habits, will assuredly fix the probable age of a royal
-_mariage de convenance_ at about thirteen years, and will agree
-that eleven and twelve are also highly likely ages.
-
-Secondly, as to Akhnaton’s age at the changing of the art. In the
-biography of Bakenkhonsu, the High Priest of Amon under Rameses
-II., that official tells us that he arrived at the state of manhood
-at the age of sixteen, and one may therefore suppose that this was
-the recognised legal age at which a man became a responsible agent
-in Egypt. Now it has been clearly seen that Akhnaton was under the
-regency of his mother during the first years of his reign, and
-mention has been made of the inscription at Wady Hammamât, where,
-although the new symbol of the religion is shown, Queen Tiy’s name
-is placed beside that of her son in an equally honourable position.
-She was thus still Queen Regent when the art was changed, and her
-son could not yet have come of age--_i.e._, he must then have been
-under sixteen.
-
-Thirdly, we have to consider the question of his age when he laid
-the foundations of the new city. This was the first decisive action
-performed by the king in which his mother has no concern, and of
-which she perhaps even disapproved, and it surely marks the period
-at which he took the government into his own hands. If, like
-Bakenkhonsu, he came of age at sixteen, in the fifth year of his
-reign, the founding of the new capital in the following year would
-well fit in with the supposition that the abandoning of Thebes
-marks the date of the king’s arrival at maturity.
-
-It may be asked how so young a person could conceive that great
-dream of the new city dedicated to the Aton. But, after all, he was
-seventeen years of age when the idea came to him, nineteen when he
-had properly developed the plan, and perhaps as much as twenty when
-he took up his residence there. Akhnaton’s greatness, as will be
-seen later, dates from the height of his reign in the City of the
-Horizon, and not from his early years. Still, when one calls to
-mind the infant prodigies, the child preachers who stir an audience
-at the age of twelve, one may credit a boy of sixteen or seventeen
-with the planning of a new city. Even in the cold Occident such
-youthful wiseacres are not rare, and surely they blossom forth less
-infrequently in the maturing warmth of the Orient.
-
-
-
-
- IV.
-
- AKHNATON FORMULATES THE RELIGION OF ATON.
-
- “No such grand theology had ever appeared in the world before, so
- far as we know; and it is the forerunner of the later monotheist
- religions.”--PETRIE: ‘The Religion of Ancient Egypt.’
-
-
- 1. ATON THE TRUE GOD.
-
-Amidst the fair palaces and verdant gardens of the new city,
-Akhnaton, now a man of some twenty years, turned his thoughts fully
-to the development of his religion. It is necessary, therefore, for
-us to glance at the essential features of this the most enlightened
-doctrine of the ancient world, and in some degree to make ourselves
-acquainted with the creed which the king himself was evolving out
-of that worship of Ra-Horakhti Aton in which he had been educated.
-
-Originally the Aton was the actual sun’s disk; but, as has been
-said, the god was now called “Heat-which-is-in-Aton,” and Akhnaton,
-concentrating his attention on this aspect of the godhead, drew
-the eyes of his followers towards a force far more intangible
-and distant than the dazzling orb to which they bowed down.
-Akhnaton’s conception of God, as we now begin to observe it, was
-as the power which created the sun, the energy which penetrated
-to this earth in the sun’s heat and caused all things to grow.
-At the present day the scientist will tell you that God is the
-ultimate source of life, that where natural explanation fails there
-God is to be found: He is, in a word, the author of energy, the
-primal motive-power of all known things. Akhnaton, centuries upon
-centuries before the birth of the scientist, defined God in just
-this manner. In an age when men believed, as some do still, that a
-deity was but an exaggerated creature of this earth, having a form
-built on material lines, this youthful Pharaoh proclaimed God to
-be the formless essence, the intelligent germ, the loving force,
-which permeated time and space. Let it be clearly understood that
-the Aton as conceived by the young Pharaoh was in no sense one of
-those old deities which our God ultimately replaced in Egypt. The
-Aton is God as we conceive Him. There is no quality attributed by
-the king to the Aton which we do not attribute to our God. Like a
-flash of blinding light in the night-time the Aton stands out for
-a moment amidst the black Egyptian darkness, and disappears once
-more,--the first signal to this world of the future religion of the
-West. No man whose mind is free from prejudice will fail to see a
-far closer resemblance to the teachings of Christ in the religion
-of Akhnaton than in that of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. The faith of
-the patriarchs is the lineal ancestor of the Christian faith; but
-the creed of Akhnaton is its isolated prototype. One might believe
-that Almighty God had for a moment revealed himself to Egypt, and
-had been more clearly, though more momentarily, interpreted there
-than ever He was in Syria or Palestine before the time of Christ.
-
-
- 2. ATON THE TENDER FATHER OF ALL CREATION.
-
-Amon-Ra and the old gods of Egypt were, for the most part, but
-deified mortals, endued with monstrous, though limited, powers, and
-still having around them traditions of aggrandised human deeds.
-Others, we have seen, had their origin in natural phenomena: the
-wind, the Nile, the starry heavens, and the like. All were terrific
-or revengeful, if so they had a mind to be, and all were able
-to be moved by human emotions. But to Akhnaton, although he had
-absolutely no precedent upon which to launch his thoughts, God
-was the intangible and yet ever-present Father of mankind, made
-manifest in sunshine. The youthful high priest called upon his
-subjects to search for their God not in the confusion of battle
-or behind the smoke of human sacrifices, but amidst the flowers
-and the trees, amidst the wild duck and the fishes. He preached an
-enlightened nature-study: in some respects he was, perhaps, the
-first apostle of the Simple Life.
-
-He strove to break down conventional thought, and ceaselessly he
-urged his people to worship “in truth,” simply, without an excess
-of ceremonial. While the elder gods had been apparent in natural
-convulsions and in the more awful incidents of life, Akhnaton’s
-kindly father could be seen in the little details of existence, in
-the growing poppies, in the soft wind which filled the sails of the
-ships, in the fish which leapt from the river. Like a greater than
-he, Akhnaton taught his disciples to address their maker as their
-“Father which art in Heaven.” The Aton was the joy which caused
-the young sheep “to dance upon their legs,” and the birds “to
-flutter in their marshes.” He was the god of the simple pleasures
-of life; and although Akhnaton himself was indeed a man of sorrows,
-plenteously acquainted with grief, happiness was the watchword
-which he gave to his followers.
-
-Akhnaton did not permit any graven image to be made of the Aton.
-The True God, said the king, had no form; and he held to this
-opinion throughout his life. The symbol of the religion was
-the sun’s disk, from which there extended numerous rays, each
-ray ending in a hand; but this symbol was not worshipped. To
-Christians, in the same way, the cross is the symbol of their
-creed; but the cross itself is not worshipped. Never before had
-man conceived a formless deity, a god who was not endowed with the
-five human senses. The Hebrew patriarchs believed God to be capable
-of walking in a garden in the cool of the evening, to have made
-man in his own image, to be possessed of face, form, and hinder
-parts. But Akhnaton, stemming with his hand the flood of tradition,
-boldly proclaimed God to be a life-giving, intangible essence: the
-_heat_ which is in the sun. He was “the living Aton,”--that is to
-say, the power which produced and sustained the energy and movement
-of the sun. Although he was so often called “the Aton,” he was
-more closely defined as “the Master of the Aton.”[46] The flaming
-glory of the sun was the most practical symbol of the godhead, and
-the warm rays of sunshine constituted the most obvious connection
-between heaven and earth; but always Akhnaton attempted to raise
-the eyes of the thinkers beyond this visible or understandable
-expression of divinity, to strain them upwards in the effort to
-discern that which was “behind the veil.” In lighting on a motive
-power more remote than the sun, and acting through the sun, the
-young Pharaoh may be said to have penetrated as far behind the
-eternal barrier as one may ever hope to penetrate this side the
-churchyard. But though so remote, the Aton was the tender, loving
-Father of all men, ever-present and ever-mindful of his creatures.
-There dropped not a sigh from the lips of a babe that the
-intangible Aton did not hear; no lamb bleated for its mother but
-the remote Aton hastened to soothe it. He was the loving “Father
-and Mother of all that He had made,” who “brought up millions by
-His bounty.”
-
-The destructive qualities of the sun were never referred to, and
-that pitiless orb under which Egypt sweats and groans for the
-summer months each year had nothing in common with the gentle
-Father conceived by Akhnaton. The Aton was “the Lord of Love.”
-He was the tender nurse who “creates the man-child in woman, and
-soothes him that he may not weep”; whose love, to use an Egyptian
-phrase of exquisite tenderness, “makes the hands to faint.” His
-beams were “beauteous with love” as they fell upon His people and
-upon His city, “very rich in love.” “Thy love is great and large,”
-says one of Akhnaton’s psalms. “Thou fillest the two lands of Egypt
-with Thy love;” and another passage runs: “Thy rays encompass the
-lands.... Thou bindest them with Thy love.”
-
-Surely never in the history of the world had man conceived a god
-who “so loved the world.” One may search the inscriptions in vain
-for any reference to a malignant power, to vengeance, to jealousy,
-or to hatred. The Hebrew psalmist said of God, “Like as a father
-pitieth his children, even so is the Lord merciful”; and Akhnaton,
-many a century before those words were written, attributed just
-such a nature to the Aton. The Aton was compassionate, was
-merciful, was gentle, was tender; He knew not anger, and there
-was no wrath in Him. His overflowing love reached down the paths
-of life from mankind to the beasts of the field and to the little
-flowers themselves. “All flowers blow,” says one of Akhnaton’s
-hymns, “and that which grows on the soil thrives at Thy dawning, O
-Aton. They drink their fill [of warmth] before Thy face. All cattle
-leap upon their feet; the birds that were in the nest fly forth
-with joy; their wings which were closed move quickly with praise to
-the living Aton.”
-
-One stands amazed as one reads in pompous Egypt of a god who
-listens “when the chicken crieth in the egg-shell,” and gives him
-life, delighting that he should “chirp with all his might” when
-he is hatched forth; who finds pleasure in causing “the birds to
-flutter in their marshes, and the sheep to dance upon their feet.”
-For the first time in the history of man the real meaning of God,
-as we now understand it, had been comprehended; and the idea of a
-beneficent Creator who, though remote, spiritual, and impersonal,
-could love each one of His creatures, great or small, had been
-grasped by this young Pharaoh. God’s unspeakable goodness and
-loving-kindness were as clearly interpreted by Akhnaton as ever
-they have been by mortal man; and the wonder of it lies in this,
-that Akhnaton had absolutely nothing to base his theories upon. He
-was, so far as we know, the first man to whom God revealed Himself
-as the passionless, all-loving essence of unqualified goodness.
-
-
- 3. ATON WORSHIPPED AT SUNRISE AND SUNSET.
-
-In order to prevent the more ignorant of his disciples from
-worshipping the sun itself, Akhnaton seems to have selected the
-sunrise and the sunset as the two hours for ceremonial adoration;
-for then the light, the beauty, the tenderness, of the celestial
-phenomenon could be appreciated, and the awful majesty of the sun
-was not in great prominence. Akhnaton attempted to cultivate in
-his followers an appreciation of the gentle hues of daybreak and
-of evening; and he taught them to believe that the oft-mentioned
-“beauties” of the Aton were only to be fully understood at these
-times. In the gladness of sunrise and in the hush of the sunset,
-the emotions are most apt to be touched and moved; for in Egypt
-there is always praise in the heart in the cool opalescence of the
-dawn, and in the red dusk there is many and many a dream.
-
-Phrases such as the following may be gleaned from Akhnaton’s hymns:
-“Thy rising is beautiful in the horizon of heaven, O living Aton,
-who dispensest life; shining from the eastern horizon of heaven,
-Thou fillest Egypt with Thy beauty.” “Thy setting is beautiful, O
-living Aton, ... who guidest ... all countries that they may make
-laudations at Thy dawning and at Thy setting.” “When the Aton rises
-all the land is in joy; His rays produce eyes for all that He has
-created; and men say, ‘It is life to see Him, there is death in not
-seeing Him.’” “When Thou settest alive,[47] O Aton, West and East
-give praise to thee.” “Thou settest behind the western horizon;
-Thou settest in life and gladness, and every eye rejoices though
-they are in darkness after Thou settest.” “When Thou hast risen
-they live; when Thou settest they die.”
-
-The ceremonial side of the religion does not seem to have been
-complex. The priests, of whom there were very few, offered
-sacrifices, consisting mostly of vegetables, fruit, and flowers, to
-the Aton, and at these ceremonies the king and his family often
-officiated. They then sang psalms and offered prayers, and, with
-much sweet music, gave praise to the great Father of joy and love.
-The Aton, however, was not thought to delight in these ceremonies
-as He did in more natural thanksgivings. Why should God be praised
-in set phrases and studied poses when all the fair world was
-shouting for the joy of Him? The young calf frisking through the
-poppy-covered meadows, the birds singing upon the trees, the clouds
-racing across the sky, were the true worshippers of God.
-
-One of the recently discovered sayings of Christ closely parallels
-Akhnaton’s utterances. “Ye ask,” it runs, “who are those that draw
-us to the kingdom if the kingdom is in heaven? The fowls of the
-air, and all the beasts that are under the earth or upon the earth,
-and the fishes in the sea, these are they which draw you, and the
-kingdom is within you.” The contemplation of nature was more to
-Akhnaton than many ceremonies, and his thoughts were more easily
-drawn upwards by the rustle of the leaves than by the shaking of
-the systrum.
-
-
- 4. THE GOODNESS OF ATON.
-
-In the gardens of the City of the Horizon Akhnaton was surrounded
-on all sides by the joyous beauties of nature. Here the birds
-sang merrily in the laden trees, here the cool north wind rustled
-through the leaves, setting them dancing upon their stems, here
-the many-coloured blossoms nodded to their reflections in the
-still lakes; and, as he watched the sunlight playing with the blue
-shadows, his heart seemed to fill to repletion with gratitude to
-God. “O Lord, how manifold are Thy works!” was his constant cry.
-“The whole land is in joy and holiday because of Thee. They shout
-to the height of heaven, they receive joy and gladness when they
-see Thee.” How “fair of form” was the formless Aton, how “radiant
-of colour”! “All that Thou hast made,” said the king, “leaps before
-Thee.” “Thou makest the beauty of form through Thyself alone.”
-“Eyes have life at sight of Thy beauty; hearts have health when the
-Aton shines.”
-
-As the psalmist sang, “The Lord is my shepherd, I shall not
-want,” so Akhnaton, in the fulness of his heart, cried, “There is
-no poverty for him who hath set Thee in his heart; such an one
-cannot say, ‘O, that I had.’” “When Thou bringest life to men’s
-hearts by Thy beauty, there is indeed life.” The Aton “gave health
-to the eyes by His rays,” and, “bright, great, gleaming, high
-above all the earth,” he was “the cause of plenty,”--the very
-“food and fatness of Egypt.” To David, several centuries later,
-God seemed to be “a strong tower of defence”; and, thinking along
-the same lines, Akhnaton called the Aton his “wall of brass of a
-million cubits.” The Aton was “the witness of that which pertains
-to eternity,” and to those whose thoughts had strayed he was “the
-remembrancer of eternity.” He was the “Lord of Fate,” the “Lord
-of Fortune,” the “Master of that which is ordained,” the “Origin
-of Fate,” the “Chance which gives Life”; and in so describing him
-Akhnaton reached a philosophical position which even to-day is
-quite unassailable.
-
-Unlike Jehovah, who was described as “great above all other gods,”
-the Aton was conceived as being without rivals; and Akhnaton now
-never mentions the word “gods.” “The living Aton beside whom there
-is no other,” is one of the common phrases; and of Him again it is
-written, “Thou art alone, but infinite vitalities are in Thee by
-means of which to give life to Thy creatures.”
-
-Unlike Jehovah again, who was not infrequently thought to be a
-wrathful god, surrounded by clouds and darkness, and speaking
-through the roar of the thunders, the Aton was the “Lord of Peace,”
-who could not tolerate battle and strife. Akhnaton was so opposed
-to war that he persistently refused to offer an armed resistance
-to the subsequent revolts which occurred in his Asiatic dominions.
-The Aton was a deity to whose tender heart human bloodshed made no
-appeal. In an age of martial glory, when the sword and buckler,
-the plumed helmet and the shirt of mail, glittered in every street
-and upon every highway, Akhnaton set himself in opposition to all
-heroics, and saw God without melodrama.
-
-Above all things the Aton loved truth. Frankness, sincerity,
-straightforwardness, honesty, and veracity were qualities not
-always to be found in the heart of an Egyptian; and Akhnaton, in
-antagonism to the sins of hypocrisy and deception which he saw
-around him, always spoke of himself as “living in truth.” “I have
-set truth in my inward parts,” says one of his followers, “and
-falsehood is my loathing; for I know that the King rejoiceth in
-truth.”
-
-
- 5. AKHNATON THE “SON OF GOD” BY TRADITIONAL RIGHT.
-
-It may be understood how the boy longed for truth in all things
-when one remembers the thousand exaggerated conventions of Egyptian
-life at this time. Court etiquette had developed to a degree
-which rendered life to the Pharaoh an endless round of unnatural
-poses of mind and body. In the preaching of his doctrine of truth
-and simplicity Akhnaton did not fail to call upon his subjects
-to regard their Pharaoh not as a celestial god, as had been the
-custom, but as a man, though, of course, one of divine origin.
-It was usual for the Pharaoh to keep aloof from his people:
-Akhnaton was to be found in their midst. The court demanded that
-their lord should drive in solitary state through the city:
-Akhnaton stood in his chariot with his wife and children, and
-allowed the artist to represent him joking therein with his little
-daughter. In portraying the Pharaoh the artist was expected to draw
-him in some conventional attitude of dignity: Akhnaton insisted
-upon being shown in all manner of natural attitudes--now leaning
-languidly upon a staff, now nursing his children, and now eating
-his dinner. Thus again one sees his objection to heroics, and his
-love of naturalness.
-
-[Illustration: _Akhnaton driving with his Wife and Daughter._]
-
-But while he strove for truth and sincerity in this manner he
-did not attempt to remove from his mind the belief in which he
-had been brought up, that as Pharaoh of Egypt he was himself
-partly divine. Not only was he by reason of his religion the
-representative, and hence, in a manner of speech, the “son” of
-God, but by right of royal descent he was the “son of the Sun.”
-The names of the Pharaohs were always surrounded by an oval band,
-known as a cartouche, which was the distinguishing mark of a royal
-name. Akhnaton wrote the name of the Aton within such an oval,
-thus indicating that the Pharaoh’s royal rights were also held
-by, and therefore derived from, God Himself. There was thus, as
-Christ later taught His disciples to believe, a kingdom of heaven
-over which God presided; and although impersonal, intangible, and
-incomprehensible, the Aton was the very “King of kings, the only
-ruler of princes.” Amon-Ra and other of the old deities had been
-called at various times “King of the gods.” Akhnaton, however,
-applied to Aton the words “King and God.”
-
-Akhnaton is spoken of as “the unique one of Ra, whose beauties
-Aton created,” and as “the beloved son of Aton,” whom “Aton bare.”
-Addressing the Aton, his courtiers were wont to say, “Thy rays
-are on Thy bright image, the Ruler of Truth (_i.e._, the King),
-who proceeded from eternity. Thou givest to him Thy duration and
-Thy years; Thou hearkenest to all that is in his heart, because
-Thou lovest him. Thou makest him like the Aton, him Thy child, the
-King.” “Thou lookest on him, for he proceeded[48] from Thee.”
-“Thou hast placed him beside Thee for ever and ever, for he loves
-to gaze upon Thee.... Thou hast set him there till the swan shall
-turn black and the crow turn white, till the hills rise up to
-travel and the deeps rush into the rivers.” “While heaven is,
-he shall be.” Some of the Pharaohs had called themselves “the
-beautiful child of Amon”; and Akhnaton, borrowing this phrase, was
-sometimes spoken of as “the beautiful child of the Aton.”[49]
-
-[Illustration: _Akhnaton and his Wife and Children._]
-
-In his capacity as Pharaoh and “son of God,” Akhnaton demanded
-and received a very considerable amount of ceremonial homage; but
-he never blinded himself to the fact that he was primarily but a
-simple man. He most sincerely wished that his private life should
-be a worthy example to his subjects, and he earnestly desired that
-it should be observed in all its naturalness and simplicity. He
-did his utmost to elevate the position of women and the sanctity
-of the family by displaying to the world the ideal conditions of
-his own married life. He made a point of caressing his wife in
-public, putting his arm around her neck in the sight of all men. As
-we have seen, one of his forms of oath was, “As my heart is happy
-in the Queen and her children....” He spoke of his wife always as
-“Mistress of his happiness, ... at hearing whose voice the King
-rejoices.” “Lady of grace” was she, “great of love” and “fair
-of face.” Every wish that she expressed, declared Akhnaton, was
-executed by him. Even on the most ceremonious occasions the queen
-sat beside her husband and held his hand, while their children
-frolicked around them; for such things pleased that gentle father
-more than the savour of burnt-offerings. It is seldom that the
-Pharaoh is represented in the reliefs without his family; and, in
-opposition to all tradition, the queen is shown upon the same scale
-of size and importance as that of her husband. Akhnaton’s devotion
-to his children is very marked, and he taught his disciples to
-believe that God was the father, the mother, the nurse, and the
-friend of the young. Thus, though “son of God,” Akhnaton
-preached the beauty of the human family, and laid stress on the
-sanctity of marriage and parenthood.
-
-
- 6. THE CONNECTIONS OF THE ATON WORSHIP WITH OLDER RELIGIONS.
-
-In developing his religion Akhnaton must have come into almost
-daily conflict with the priesthoods of the old gods of Egypt;
-and even the Heliopolitan Ra-Horakhti, from which his own faith
-had been evolved, now fell far short of his ideals. He does not
-seem, however, to have yet imposed the worship of the Aton upon
-the provinces, nor to have persecuted the various priesthoods.
-He hoped, no doubt, that he would be able to persuade the whole
-country to his views as soon as those views were thoroughly
-matured; and, secure in his new city, he was free to purge his
-religion of its faults before declaring all other creeds illegal.
-
-It is probable that the sacred bull, Mnevis, was banished from his
-ceremonies at an early date, for no tombs seem to have been made
-for these holy creatures, and they are not referred to after the
-sixth year of the king’s reign. The priests of Heliopolis would
-now have hardly recognised their doctrines in the exalted faith of
-the Aton, though here and there some point of close contact might
-have been observed. One may also detect slight resemblances to the
-Adonis religions of Syria, from whence the Aton had originally
-come. Mention has already been made of the worship of Adonis. So
-widespread was that deity’s power that it very naturally affected
-many other religions. In the Biblical Psalms one finds several
-echoes of this old pagan worship, as for example in the lines from
-Psalm xix., which read:--
-
- The heavens declare the glory of God....
- In them hath he set a tabernacle for the sun,
- Which is a bridegroom coming out of his chamber,
- And he rejoiceth as a strong man to run a race.
- There is nothing hid from the heat thereof.
-
-Here one surely must recognise the youthful Adonis, the bridegroom
-of Venus. And similarly in the Heliopolitan worship, at the
-commencement of Akhnaton’s reign, the sun, Ra, is referred to in
-the following terms: “Thou art beautiful and youthful as Aton
-before thy mother Hathor [Venus].”
-
-In Akhnaton’s religion one may still catch a fleeting glimpse of
-Adonis. One of the king’s courtiers, named May, held the office of
-“Overseer of the House for sending Aton to rest.”[50] Akhnaton’s
-queen is mentioned in the tomb of Ay under the peculiar title of
-“She who sends the Aton to rest with a sweet voice, and with her
-two beautiful hands bearing two systrums.” This “house” was, no
-doubt, the temple at which the vesper prayers to the Aton were
-said at sunset, and from the above title of the queen it would
-seem that she had particular charge of these evening ceremonies.
-One cannot contemplate the fact that it was a woman who officiated
-at a ceremony which consisted of a lament[51] for the death of
-the sun without seeing in it some connection, however faint,
-with the story of Venus and Adonis. The lament of Venus for the
-death of Adonis--_i.e._, the setting of the sun--was one of the
-fundamental ceremonies of the Mediterranean religions. Here again
-was a connection with an older religion for Akhnaton to consider
-and perhaps to purge away; and one may suppose that all such
-derivatives from earlier faiths were gradually eliminated as the
-young king developed his creed. Soon not a scrap of superstition
-remained in the religion; and one may credit this Pharaoh of three
-thousand years ago with as great a freedom from the trammels of
-traditional superstition as that of the advanced thinker of to-day.
-
-
- 7. THE SPIRITUAL NEEDS OF THE SOUL AFTER DEATH.
-
-“Truly the light is sweet, and a pleasant thing it is for the eyes
-to behold the sun,” says Holy Writ in words which might have fallen
-from the lips of Akhnaton; “but though a man live many years and
-rejoice in them all, yet let him remember the days of darkness, for
-they shall be many.” As Akhnaton had completely revolutionised the
-beliefs of the Egyptians as to the nature of God, so he altered
-and purged their theories regarding the existence of the soul after
-death. According to the old beliefs, as we have seen, the soul of
-a man had to pass through awful places up to the judgment throne
-of Osiris, where he was weighed in the balances. If he was found
-wanting he was devoured by a ferocious monster, but if the scales
-turned in his favour he was accepted into the Elysian fields. So
-many were the spirits, bogies, and demigods which he was likely to
-meet before the goal was reached that he had to know by heart a
-tedious string of formulæ, the correct repetition of which, and the
-correct making of the related magic, alone ensured his safe passage.
-
-Akhnaton flung all these formulæ into the fire. Djins, bogies,
-spirits, monsters, demigods, demons, and Osiris himself with all
-his court, were swept into the blaze and reduced to ashes. Akhnaton
-believed that when a man died his soul continued to exist as a kind
-of astral, immaterial ghost, sometimes resting in the dreamy halls
-of heaven, and sometimes visiting, in shadowy form, the haunts
-of the earthly life. By some of the inscriptions one is led to
-suppose that, as in the fourth article of the Christian faith, so
-in the teachings of Akhnaton, the body was thought to take again
-after death its “flesh, bones, and all things appertaining to
-the perfection of man’s nature.” But just as there is some doubt
-and some vagueness in the mind of Christian thinkers as to the
-meaning of this article, so in Akhnaton’s doctrine there was some
-uncertainty as to whether the body was entirely spiritual or in a
-manner material in its hazy existence in the Hills of the West.
-The disembodied soul still craved the pleasures of earthly life
-and shunned its sorrows; still felt hunger and thirst and enjoyed
-a draught of water or a meal of solid food; still warmed itself in
-the sunshine or sought coolness in the shadows.
-
-We hear nothing of hell; for Akhnaton, in the tenderness of his
-heart, could not bring himself to believe that God would allow
-suffering in any of His creatures, however sinful. The inscriptions
-seem rather to indicate that there was no future life for the
-wicked,--that they were annihilated; though in almost every man one
-may suppose that there was enough good to recommend him to the
-mercy of a God so loving as the Aton.
-
-The first great wish of the deceased was that he might each day
-leave the dim underworld in order to see the light of the sun
-upon earth. This had been the prayer of the Egyptians from time
-immemorial, and to suit the religion of the Aton its wording alone
-was changed. The disciple of Akhnaton asked to be allowed “to go
-out from the underworld in the morning to see Aton as he rises.”
-He prayed insistently, passionately, in varied language, that his
-spirit might “go forth to see the sun’s rays,” that his “two eyes
-might be opened to see the sun,” that there might be “no failure
-to see it,” that the “vision of the sun’s fair face might never be
-lost to him,” that he “might obtain a sight of the beauty of each
-recurring sunrise,” and that “the sun’s rays might spread over
-his body.” Sometimes it is the Aton whom the soul thus craves to
-see; sometimes it is Ra, the sun; but always it seems to be the
-actual light and warmth of the sunshine which is so passionately
-desired. The abstract conditions of the future life could but be
-interpreted in terms of human experience; and in contemplating
-that cold, desolate mystery of death, Akhnaton could find no better
-means of banishing the gloom than by praying for a continuance of
-the blessed light of the day. And the man who prayed that his soul
-might see the sunshine but asked that he might still know the joy
-of the presence of God, for God was the light of the world.
-
-His second wish was that he might retain the favour of the king and
-queen after death, and that his soul might serve their souls in the
-palaces of the dead. He asks for “readiness in the presence of the
-King” to do his bidding; he prays that he may be admitted into the
-palace, “entering it in favour and leaving it in love”; that he may
-“attend the King every day”; and that he may “receive honour in the
-presence of the King.”
-
-For his mental contentment in the underworld he earnestly desired
-that “his name might be remembered and established on earth,” that
-there might be “a happy memory of him in the King’s palace,” and
-“a continuance of his name in the mouths of the courtiers,” where
-he hoped that it “might be welcome.” “May my name thrive in the
-tomb-chapel,” he says. “May my name not be to seek in my mansion.
-May it be celebrated for ever.” So, too, at the present day the
-words _In Memoriam_ are goodly words; and that a man’s memory may
-be kept green is a thing very generally desired.
-
-
- 8. THE MATERIAL NEEDS OF THE SOUL.
-
-In order that the soul might have its link with earth, the
-worshipper of the Aton prayed that his mummy might remain “firm”
-and uncorrupted, that the “flesh might live upon the bones,” and
-that his limbs might remain “knit together.” The Egyptians of
-other days believed that the body itself would live again at the
-resurrection, this being the reason why they attempted so carefully
-to preserve it; and Akhnaton does not appear to have altered this
-conception of the nature of the material body. So, too, in the
-Christian faith it is thought that at the last day the graves will
-give up their dead.
-
-The spiritual body retained the form and the individuality of the
-material body, and therefore, in a somewhat vague manner, it was
-thought that the needs of the soul would not be very dissimilar
-from those of the body upon earth. Christ, after His resurrection,
-asked for food; and the feasts of Paradise are more than allegory
-to many a Christian. Likewise the follower of Akhnaton believed
-that material food, or its spiritual equivalent, would be necessary
-to the soul’s welfare in the next world. “May I be called by my
-name,” says he, “and come at the summons, in order to feed upon the
-good things provided upon the temple altar.” It would seem that
-through fidelity to the Aton creed he might have the privilege of
-partaking of the offerings made at the great ceremonies in the
-temple; for, after these sacrifices had been offered, the food,
-probably, was distributed to the priests and to those attached to
-the tombs, who represented the interests of the dead. Thus the
-deceased prays that he may enjoy “a reception of that which has
-been offered in the temple”; “a reception of offerings of the
-King’s giving in every shrine”; “a drink-offering in the temple of
-Aton”; “food deposited on the altar every day”; and “everything
-that is offered in the sanctuary of Aton in the City of the
-Horizon of Aton.” He further asks that “wine may be poured out” for
-him, and that “the children of his house may spill a libation for
-him at the entrance of his tomb.”
-
-While life lasted God was very apparent to those who sought Him.
-Wherever the sun shone, wherever the great pulse of the earth beat
-beneath one, wherever the river flowed or the garden bloomed, there
-was God to be found; for God was happiness, was beauty, was love.
-But when the cold mists of death had enveloped a man, when there
-was no longer any spring-time nor any opening of the blossoms, how
-should there be contentment any more? From the depths of his heart
-Akhnaton urged his followers to pray God that He might provide this
-happiness, though it could only be voiced in very human words. It
-was not “sweet perfume” nor “the smell of incense” that the soul
-required; but how else could the pleasure of light-heartedness
-be worded? They prayed that their “limbs might be provided with
-pleasure every day.” In the stagnant air of the tomb they craved
-for the touch of the “sweet breeze,” for “the breath of the
-pleasant airs of the north wind.” They hoped in shadowy form to be
-able to visit the beloved scenes of their lifetime. “May I raise
-myself up and forget languor,” prays one. “May I leave and enter
-my mansion,” says another. “May my soul not be shut off from that
-which it desires. May I walk as I will in the grove that I have
-made upon earth. May I drink the water at the edge of my lake every
-day without ceasing.” “May water be poured out from my cistern,”
-cries a third; “may I receive fruit from my trees.” Incessantly
-each man implores God to grant that he may cool his parched lips
-with water. “A draught of water at the banks of the river,” is
-his desire; “a draught of water at the swirl of the stream.”
-While he smells “the scent of the wind” blowing amidst the petals
-of “a bouquet of Aton,” and while there runs “a brook of water”
-by his side, he need not know the horror of death. And thus, by
-receiving “everything good and sweet,” he may hope for “health and
-prosperity” in the hills and the valleys of the West; for a “happy
-life, provided with pleasure and joy,” for “amusement, merriment,
-and delight,” and for a “daily rejoicing” throughout eternity.
-
-It may be argued that this material conception of the life after
-death is not equal in purity of tone to the faith of the Aton.
-But is it, then, less lofty to believe in a heaven in which there
-is joy and laughter, a scent of flowers, and a breath of north
-wind, than in one where the streets are paved with gold, and
-where there are many mansions? By no religion in the world is
-Christianity so closely approached as by the faith of Akhnaton; and
-if the Pharaoh’s doctrines as to immortality are not altogether
-convincing, neither are the Christian doctrines, as they are
-now interpreted, altogether without fault. In the above pages
-it has been necessary always to compare Akhnaton’s creed with
-Christianity, since there is so much common to the two religions;
-but it should be remembered that this comparison must of necessity
-be unfavourable to the Pharaoh’s doctrine, revealing as it does
-its shortcomings. Let the reader remember that Akhnaton lived some
-thirteen hundred years before the birth of Christ, at an age when
-the world was steeped in superstition and sunk in the fogs of
-idolatry. Bearing this in mind, he will not fail to see in that
-tenderly loving Father whom the boy-Pharaoh worshipped an early
-revelation of the God to whom we of the present day bow down; and
-once more he will find how true are the words--
-
- “God fulfils Himself in many ways.”
-
-Since writing the above, another point in Akhnaton’s teaching
-has become apparent, from the scenes, recently discovered by the
-present writer, in the tomb of Rames. There is a scene often
-represented upon the walls of tombs of Dynasty XVIII. which seems
-to represent human sacrifice. The figure of a man is seen dragged
-to the tomb upon a sledge, and Sir Gaston Maspero has pointed out
-that this can hardly be anything else than such a sacrifice. This
-scene was shown on one of the walls of the tomb of Rames, and
-evidently dated from a period previous to Akhnaton’s revolution.
-When, however, the young king had formulated his religion of love
-he could not tolerate a barbaric and cruel ceremony of this kind.
-We thus find that the entire scene is here obliterated, almost
-certainly by the king’s agents. The objection to human sacrifice is
-closely in accord with his objection to human suffering as recorded
-on page 175.
-
-
-
-
- V.
-
- THE TENTH TO THE TWELFTH YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- “One must be moved with involuntary admiration for the young king
- who in such an age found such thoughts in his heart.”--BREASTED:
- ‘History of Egypt.’
-
-
- 1. THE HYMNS OF THE ATON WORSHIPPERS.
-
-In the tombs of rich persons who had lived and died previous to the
-time of Akhnaton, a large portion of the walls had been covered
-with religious inscriptions; and when at first the nobles of the
-City of the Horizon of Aton were planning their sepulchres they
-must have been at a loss to know what to substitute for these
-forbidden formulæ. Soon, however, it became the custom to write
-there short extracts from the hymns which were sung in the temples
-of the Aton. In a few cases these inscriptions supply us with a
-definite psalm which, although short, seems to be complete. In one
-tomb--that of Ay--however, there is a copy of a much more elaborate
-hymn; and it would thus seem that there were two main psalms in
-use in the temples, a longer and a shorter version of the same
-composition.
-
-It was not unusual for the Egyptians to compose hymns in honour of
-their gods, and a few such have been preserved to us upon the walls
-of the old temples. Like the Hebrew psalms of later date, they are
-not always of a very high moral tone. They are often but chants
-of victory, dealing in battles, in thunders, and in tempests, and
-glorying in the wrath of heaven. The longer hymn to the Aton, which
-is here given in full, is quite unlike any of these compositions,
-and both in purity of tone and in beauty of style it must rank high
-amongst the poems of antiquity.
-
- [52]“Thy dawning is beautiful in the horizon of heaven,
- O living Aton, Beginning of life!
- When Thou risest in the eastern horizon of heaven,
- Thou fillest every land with Thy beauty;
- For Thou are beautiful, great, glittering, high over the earth;
- Thy rays, they encompass the lands, even all Thou hast made.
- Thou art Ra, and Thou hast carried them all away captive;
- Thou bindest them by Thy love.
- Though Thou art afar, Thy rays are on earth;
- Though Thou art on high, Thy footprints are the day.
-
- When Thou settest in the western horizon of heaven,
- The world is in darkness like the dead.
- Men sleep in their chambers,
- Their heads are wrapped up,
- Their nostrils stopped, and none seeth the other.
- Stolen are all their things that are under their heads,
- While they know it not.
- Every lion cometh forth from his den,
- All serpents, they sting.
- Darkness reigns,
- The world is in silence:
- He that made them has gone to rest in His horizon.
-
- Bright is the earth, when Thou risest in the horizon,
- When Thou shinest as Aton by day.
- The darkness is banished
- When Thou sendest forth Thy rays;
- The two lands [of Egypt] are in daily festivity,
- Awake and standing upon their feet,
- For Thou hast raised them up.
- Their limbs bathed, they take their clothing,
- Their arms uplifted in adoration to Thy dawning.
- Then in all the world they do their work.
-
- All cattle rest upon the herbage,
- All trees and plants flourish;
- The birds flutter in their marshes,
- Their wings uplifted in adoration to Thee.
- All the sheep dance upon their feet,
- All winged things fly,
- They live when Thou hast shone upon them.
-
- The barques sail up-stream and down-stream alike.
- Every highway is open because Thou hast dawned.
- The fish in the river leap up before Thee,
- And Thy rays are in the midst of the great sea.
-
- Thou art He who createst the man-child in woman,
- Who makest seed in man,
- Who giveth life to the son in the body of his mother,
- Who soothest him that he may not weep,
- A nurse [even] in the womb.
- Who giveth breath to animate every one that He maketh.
- When he cometh forth from the body ...
- On the day of his birth,
- Thou openest his mouth in speech,
- Thou suppliest his necessities.
-
- When the chicken crieth in the egg-shell,
- Thou givest him breath therein, to preserve him alive;
- When Thou hast perfected him
- That he may pierce the egg,
- He cometh forth from the egg,
- To chirp with all his might;
- He runneth about upon his two feet,
- When he hath come forth therefrom.
-
- How manifold are all Thy works!
- They are hidden from before us,
- O Thou sole God, whose powers no other possesseth.
- Thou didst create the earth according to Thy desire,
- While Thou wast alone:
- Men, all cattle large and small,
- All that are upon the earth,
- That go about upon their feet;
- All that are on high,
- That fly with their wings.
- The countries of Syria and Nubia
- The land of Egypt;
- Thou settest every man in his place
- Thou suppliest their necessities.
- Every one has his possessions,
- And his days are reckoned.
- Their tongues are divers in speech,
- Their forms likewise and their skins,
- For Thou, divider, hast divided the peoples.
-
- Thou makest the Nile in the nether world,
- Thou bringest it at Thy desire, to preserve the people alive.
- O Lord of them all, when feebleness is in them,
- O Lord of every house, who risest for them,
- O sun of day, the fear of every distant land,
- Thou makest [also] their life.
- Thou hast set a Nile in heaven,
- That it may fall for them,
- Making floods upon the mountains, like the great sea,
- And watering their fields among their towns.
-
- How excellent are Thy designs, O Lord of eternity!
- The Nile in heaven is for the strangers,
- And for the cattle of every land that go upon their feet;
- But the Nile, it cometh from the nether world for Egypt.
- Thus Thy rays nourish every garden;
- When Thou risest they live, and grow by Thee.
-
- Thou makest the seasons, in order to create all Thy works;
- Winter bringeth them coolness,
- And the heat [the summer bringeth].
- Thou hast made the distant heaven in order to rise therein,
- In order to behold all that Thou didst make,
- While Thou wast alone,
- Rising in Thy form as Living Aton,
- Dawning, shining afar off, and returning.
-
- Thou makest the beauty of form through Thyself alone,
- Cities, towns, and settlements,
- On highway or on river,
- All eyes see Thee before them,
- For Thou art Aton of the day over the earth.
-
- Thou art in my heart;
- There is no other that knoweth Thee,
- Save Thy son Akhnaton.
- Thou hast made him wise in Thy designs
- And in Thy might.
- The world is in Thy hand,
- Even as Thou hast made them.
- When Thou hast risen they live;
- When Thou settest they die.
- For Thou art duration, beyond mere limbs;
- By Thee man liveth,
- And their eyes look upon Thy beauty
- Until Thou settest.
- All labour is laid aside
- When Thou settest in the west.
- When Thou risest they are made to grow....
- Since Thou didst establish the earth,
- Thou hast raised them up for Thy son,
- Who came forth from Thy limbs,
- The King, living in truth, ...
- Akhnaton, whose life is long;
- [And for] the great royal wife, his beloved,
- Mistress of the Two Lands, ... Nefertiti,
- Living and flourishing for ever and ever.”
-
-
- 2. THE SIMILARITY OF AKHNATON’S HYMN TO PSALM CIV.
-
-In reading this truly beautiful hymn one cannot fail to be struck
-by its similarity to Psalm civ. A parallel will show this most
-clearly:--
-
- AKHNATON’S HYMN.
-
- The world is in darkness
- like the dead. Every lion
- cometh forth from his den;
- all serpents sting. Darkness
- reigns.
-
- When Thou risest in the
- horizon ... the darkness is
- banished.... Then in all
- the world they do their work.
-
- All trees and plants flourish,
- ... the birds flutter in their
- marshes.... All sheep dance
- upon their feet.
-
- The ships sail up-stream and
- down-stream alike.... The
- fish in the river leap up before
- Thee; and Thy rays are in the
- midst of the great sea.
-
- How manifold are all Thy
- works!... Thou didst create
- the earth according to Thy desire,--men,
- all cattle, ... all
- that are upon the earth....
-
- Thou hast set a Nile in
- heaven that it may fall for
- them, making floods upon the
- mountains ... and watering
- their fields. The Nile in
- heaven is for the service of
- the strangers, and for the
- cattle of every land.
-
- Thou makest the seasons....
- Thou hast made the
- distant heaven in order to
- rise therein, ... dawning,
- shining afar off, and returning.
-
- The world is in Thy hand,
- even as Thou hast made them.
- When thou hast risen they live;
- when Thou settest they die....
- By Thee man liveth.
-
-
- PSALM CIV.
-
- Thou makest the darkness
- and it is night, wherein all
- the beasts of the forest do
- creep forth. The young lions
- roar after their prey; they seek
- their meat from God.
-
- The sun riseth, they get them
- away, and lay them down in
- their dens. Man goeth forth
- unto his work, and to his
- labour until the evening.
-
- The trees of the Lord are
- full of sap, ... wherein the
- birds make their nests....
- The high hills are a refuge for
- the wild goats.
-
- Yonder is the sea, great and
- wide, wherein are ... both
- small and great beasts. There
- go the ships....
-
- O Lord, how manifold are
- Thy works! In wisdom hast
- Thou made them all. The
- earth is full of Thy creatures.
-
- He watereth the hills from
- above: the earth is filled with
- the fruit of Thy works. He
- bringeth forth grass for the
- cattle, and green herb for the
- service of men.
-
- He appointed the moon for
- certain seasons, and the sun
- knoweth his going down.
-
- These wait all upon Thee....
- When Thou givest them [food]
- they gather it; and when Thou
- openest Thy hand they are filled
- with good. When Thou hidest
- Thy face they are troubled:
- when Thou takest away their
- breath they die.
-
-In face of this remarkable similarity one can hardly doubt that
-there is a direct connection between the two compositions; and it
-becomes necessary to ask whether both Akhnaton’s hymn and this
-Hebrew psalm were derived from a common Syrian source, or whether
-Psalm civ. is derived from this Pharaoh’s original poem. Both
-views are admissible; but in consideration of Akhnaton’s peculiar
-ability and originality there seems considerable likelihood that he
-is the author in the first instance of this gem of the Psalter.
-
-When the young Pharaoh composed this hymn he was probably neither
-much more nor less than twenty or twenty-one years of age,--a
-period of life at which many of the world’s greatest poets have
-written some of their fairest poems. One sees that he believed
-himself to be the only man to whom God had revealed Himself; and
-the fact that he never admits that he was in any way taught to
-regard God as he did, but always speaks of himself, and is spoken
-of, as the originator and teacher of the faith, indicates that the
-ideas expressed in the hymn were entirely his own.
-
-
- 3. MERYRA IS MADE HIGH PRIEST OF ATON.
-
-The religion of the Aton had now assumed shape and symmetry, and
-had been firmly established in the new capital as the creed of the
-court. Akhnaton was thus able to intrust its administration and
-organisation there to one of his nobles who had hearkened to his
-teaching, and to turn his attention to other affairs, and more
-especially to the conversion of the rest of Egypt. As head of the
-state a thousand matters daily claimed his consideration, and his
-high principles led him to stray further along the by-paths of
-administration than had been the wont of the Pharaohs before him.
-His ill-health did not permit him to tax his brain with impunity,
-and yet there was never a king of Egypt before or after him whose
-mind was so fruitful of thoughts and of schemes. The young king
-himself expounded to his followers the doctrines which he wished
-them to embrace, and one may suppose that he sat for many an hour
-in the halls of his palace, or under the trees in the gardens
-beside the Nile, earnestly telling of the beauties of the Aton to
-officials and nobles.
-
-No one had accepted the king’s teaching with greater readiness
-than a certain Meryra, who seems to have early associated himself
-with the movement; and it was to him that Akhnaton now handed
-over the office of “High Priest of the Aton in the City of the
-Horizon of Aton,” in order to free himself for the great task of
-administering his kingdom and converting it to his way of thinking.
-Unfortunately we know very little of the career of Meryra, but on
-the walls of his tomb in the hills behind the capital there are a
-few reliefs which may here be described as illustrating events in
-his life and in the life of Akhnaton.
-
-One of these scenes shows us the investiture of Meryra as High
-Priest. The king is seen with his wife and one of his daughters
-standing at a window of the gaily decorated _loggia_ of the palace.
-The sill of the window is massed with bright-coloured cushions,
-and over these the royal personages lean forward to address
-Meryra and the company assembled in the pillared gallery outside.
-The outer surface of the _loggia_ wall is brightly ornamented
-either with real or painted garlands of lotus-flowers, and with
-the many-coloured patterns usual upon such buildings in ancient
-Egypt. Ribbons, fluttering in the breeze, hang from the delicate
-lotus-pillars which support the roof, and vie in brilliancy with
-the red and blue ostrich-plume fans and standards carried by the
-officials.
-
-Leaning from the window, with arm outstretched, Akhnaton bids
-Meryra rise from his knees, on to which he had cast himself on
-reaching the royal presence. Then solemnly the king addresses his
-favoured disciple in the following words:--“Behold, I make thee
-High Priest of the Aton for me in the Temple of the Aton in the
-City of the Horizon of Aton. I do this for love of thee, and I say
-unto thee: O my servant who hearkenest to the teaching, my heart is
-satisfied with everything which thou hast done. I give thee this
-office, and I say unto thee: thou shalt eat the food of Pharaoh,
-thy lord, in the Temple of Aton.”
-
-Immediately the assembled company crowd round Meryra and lift him
-shoulder-high, while the new High Priest cries, “Abundant are the
-rewards which the Aton knows to give when his heart is pleased.”
-The king then presents Meryra with the insignia of his office,
-and with various costly gifts, which are taken charge of by the
-servants and attendants who stand outside the gallery. Behind these
-attendants, at the outskirts of the scene, one observes the chariot
-which is to convey the High Priest back to his villa; fan-bearers
-who shall run before and behind him; women of the household who
-shall beat upon tambourines at the head of the procession, and who
-already dance with excitement as they see Meryra hoisted on to his
-friend’s shoulder; and still other women who shall make the roadway
-rich with flowers.
-
-This is no solemn and occult initiation of an ascetic into the
-mystery of the new religion, but rather the elevation of a good
-fellow to a popular post of honour. There was no mystery in the
-faith of the Aton. Frankness, openness, and sincerity were the
-dominant themes of Akhnaton’s teaching,--a worship of God in the
-blessed light of the day, the singing of merry psalms in the
-open courts of the temple; and the chosen High Priest was more
-likely to have been a deep-thinking, clean-lived, honest-hearted,
-God-fearing, family man, than an ascetic who had abandoned the
-pomps and the vanities of this world. The point at which Akhnaton’s
-religion differs most widely from Christianity is here to be
-observed: the Pharaoh, while encouraging the Simple Life, did
-not preach the mortification of the flesh, but only the control
-of the body. The comforts of life, the brilliancy of decoration,
-the charms of music, the beauties of painting and sculpture,
-the pleasure of good company, the tonic of a bowl of wine, were
-all as acceptable to him, in moderation, as to the Preacher in
-Ecclesiastes.
-
-
- 4. THE ROYAL FAMILY VISIT THE TEMPLE.
-
-When Meryra had been installed, the king and royal family made
-a formal visit to the temple at the time of sunset, and this is
-likewise represented in the High Priest’s tomb. For the first time
-in the history of Egypt one is permitted to see the Pharaoh as he
-drove through the streets of the capital in his chariot. No king
-before Akhnaton had allowed an artist to represent him in aught but
-celestial poses; but out of his love for truth and reality Akhnaton
-had dispensed with this convention, and encouraged the regarding of
-himself as a mortal man. On this occasion we see him standing in
-his gorgeously decorated chariot, reins and whip in hand, himself
-driving the two spirited horses, the coloured ostrich plumes on
-whose heads nod and toss as the superb animals prance along. The
-queen, also driving her own chariot, follows close behind; and
-after her again come the princesses, heading a noble group of
-chariots belonging to the court officials and ladies-in-waiting,
-these being driven by charioteers. The shining harness, the dancing
-red and blue plumes of the horses, the many-coloured robes, the
-feathered standards of the nobles, the fluttering ribbons, all go
-to make the cavalcade a sight to bring the townspeople running from
-their houses. A guard of soldiers, armed with spears, shields,
-battle-axes, bows, and clubs, races along on foot in front of the
-royal party to clear the road. Here, besides Egyptians, are bearded
-Asiatics from the king’s Syrian dominions, befeathered negroes from
-the Mazoi tribes of Nubia, and Libyans from the west, wearing the
-plaited side-lock of hair hanging from their heads.
-
-The party is seen to be nearing the temple, and Meryra stands
-before the gateway ready to greet his lord. Four men kneel near
-him holding aloft the coloured ostrich-plume fans, which will be
-wafted to and fro above the king’s head when he has alighted from
-his chariot; and others kneel, lifting their hands in reverent
-salutation. Great bulls, fattened like the prize cattle of modern
-times, are led forth, garlands of flowers thrown around their huge
-necks, and bouquets of flowers fastened between their horns. These
-are attended by grooms, also bearing bunches of flowers. Two groups
-of female musicians, clad in flowing robes, wave their arms and
-beat upon tambourines.
-
-The temple, which will be described later, is this day garlanded
-with flowers, and every altar is heaped high with offerings. Now
-the king has entered the building, and a further scene shows the
-royal family worshipping at the high altar, which is piled up with
-offerings of joints of meat, geese, vegetables, fruit, and flowers,
-surmounted by bronze bowls filled with burning oil. Akhnaton and
-Nefertiti stand before the altar, each with the right arm raised in
-the act of sprinkling the fragrant gums of Araby upon the flames.
-The upper part of the king’s body is bare, but from his waist
-depends a graceful skirt of fine linen, ornamented with sash-like
-ribbons of a red material, which flutter about his bare legs. The
-queen’s robe covers the whole of her body, but is so transparent
-that one can see her fair form with almost the distinctness of
-nudity. A red sash is bound round her waist, and the two ends fall
-almost to the ground. Neither of the two wears any jewels; and
-the simplicity of the soft, flowing robes, with their bright-red
-sashes, is extremely marked. Two little princesses stand behind the
-king and queen, each shaking from a systrum a note of praise to
-God. Meryra, accompanied by an assistant, stands bowing before the
-king, and near by another priest burns some sweet-smelling incense.
-Not far away there sits a group of eight blind musicians,--fat
-elderly men, who clap their hands and sing to the accompaniment
-of a seven-stringed harp, giving praise to the sunlight which
-they cannot see, but yet can feel as “the heat which is in Aton”
-penetrates into their bones.
-
-In still another series of reliefs we are shown a scene
-representing the reward of Meryra by Akhnaton on some occasion
-when he had been particularly successful in collecting the yearly
-dues of the temple from the estates on the opposite bank of the
-river. The ceremony took place in the granary buildings at the edge
-of the water. One sees a group of boats moored at the quay, and on
-the shore are several cattle-pens filled with lowing cattle. The
-granaries are stored with all manner of good things, and Meryra
-stands triumphant in front of them as the king addresses him.
-
-“Let the Superintendent of the Treasury of the Jewels take Meryra,”
-says Akhnaton, “and hang gold on his neck at the front, and gold
-on his feet, because of his obedience to the teaching of Pharaoh;”
-and immediately the attendants literally heap the gold collars and
-necklaces one above the other upon the High Priest’s neck. Scribes
-write down a rapid summary of the events; the attendants and
-fan-bearers bow low; and Meryra is conducted back to his village
-with music and with dancing, while Akhnaton returns to his palace,
-and, no doubt, sinks exhausted on to his cushions.
-
-
- 5. AKHNATON IN HIS PALACE.
-
-The reliefs and paintings upon the tombs often show the Pharaoh
-reclining thus, in a languid manner, as though the duties of his
-high calling had sapped all the strength from him. Never before had
-a Pharaoh been represented to his subjects in such human attitudes.
-The privacy of the palace is penetrated in these scenes, and we
-see the king, who loved to teach his followers the beauty of
-family life, in the midst of his own family. One or two of these
-representations must here be described. In one instance the royal
-family is shown inside a beautiful pavilion, the roof of which is
-supported by wooden pillars painted with many colours and having
-capitals carved in high relief to represent wild geese suspended by
-their legs, and above them bunches of flowers: just such a grouping
-as one might see in some sporting house of the present day. The
-pillars are hung with garlands of flowers, and from the ceiling
-there droop festoons of flowers and trailing branches of vines. The
-roof of the pavilion on the outside is edged by an endless line of
-gleaming cobras, probably wrought in bronze.
-
-Inside this fair arbor stand a group of naked girls playing upon
-the harp, the lute, and the lyre, and, no doubt, singing to that
-accompaniment the artless love-songs of the period. Servants are
-shown attending to the jars of wine which stand at the side of the
-enclosure. The king is seen leaning back upon the cushions of an
-arm-chair, as though tired out and sick at heart. In the fingers
-of his left hand he idly dandles a few flowers, while with his
-right hand he languidly holds out a delicate bowl in order that the
-wine in it may be replenished. This is done by the queen, who is
-standing before him, all solicitous for his comfort. She pours the
-wine from a vessel, causing it to pass through a strainer before
-flowing into the bowl. Three little princesses stand near by: one
-of them laden with bouquets of flowers, another holding out some
-sweetmeat upon a dish, and a third talking to her father.
-
-In another scene the king and queen are both shown seated upon
-comfortable chairs, while a servant waits upon them. The king is
-eating a roasted pigeon, holding it in his fingers; and Nefertiti
-is represented drinking from a prettily shaped cup. The light,
-transparent robes which they wear indicate that this is the midday
-meal; but unfortunately the painting is so much damaged that
-nothing but the royal figures remains.
-
-
- 6. HISTORICAL EVENTS OF THIS PERIOD OF AKHNATON’S REIGN.
-
-There is very little historical information to be procured for
-these years of the king’s reign. When he had been about ten or
-eleven years upon the throne, and was some twenty-one years of
-age, his fourth daughter, Nefernefernaton, was born. The queen had
-presented no son to Akhnaton to succeed him, but he does not seem
-in this emergency to have cared to turn to any secondary wives;
-and, as far as we can tell, he remained all his life a monogamist,
-although this was in direct opposition to all traditional custom.
-Steadily during these years the king’s health seems to have grown
-more precarious, for almost daily he must have overtaxed his
-strength. His brain was so active that he could not submit to be
-idle; and even when he reclined amidst the flowers in his garden,
-his whole soul was straining upwards in the attempt to pierce the
-barrier which lay between him and the God who had caused those
-flowers to bloom. The maturity of his creed at this period leads
-one to suppose that he had given to it his very life’s force; and
-when it is remembered that at the same time his attention was
-occupied by the administration of a kingdom which he had twisted
-out of all semblance to its former shape, the wonder is that his
-brain was at all able to stand the incessant strain. Rare indeed
-must have been those idle moments which the artists of the City of
-the Horizon attempted to represent.
-
-In the twelfth year of his reign, the tribute of the vassal
-kingdoms reached such a high value that a particular record was
-made of it, and scenes showing its reception were sculptured in the
-tombs of Huya and Meryra II.[53] An inscription beside the scene
-in the tomb of Huya reads thus:--
-
- Year twelve, the second month of winter, the eighth day.... The
- King ... and the Queen ... living for ever and ever, made a
- public appearance on the great palanquin of gold, to receive the
- tribute of Syria and Ethiopia, and of the west and the east. All
- the countries were collected at one time, and also the islands
- in the midst of the sea; bringing offerings to the King when he
- was on the great throne of the City of the Horizon of Aton, in
- order to receive the imposts of every land and granting them [in
- return] the breath of life.
-
-The king and queen are shown seated in the state palanquin side
-by side; and although Akhnaton holds the insignia of royalty,
-and is evidently very much upon his dignity, the queen’s arm has
-found its way around his waist, and there lovingly rests for all
-the world to see. The palanquin, probably made of wood entirely
-covered with gold foil, is a very imposing structure: a large
-double throne, borne aloft by stout poles upon the shoulders of the
-court officials. The arm-rests are carved in the form of sphinxes,
-which rise above a glistening hedge of cobras, and the throne is
-flanked on either side by the figure of a lion carved in the round.
-A priest walks in front of the palanquin sending up a cloud of
-incense from a censer, and professional mummers dance and skip in
-the roadway in advance of the procession. Behind the royal couple
-walk the princesses, attended by their nurses and ladies; and on
-all sides are arrayed courtiers, officers, soldiers, and servants.
-
-Soon the ground marked out for the ceremony is reached, and the
-king and queen betake themselves to a gorgeous little pavilion
-which has been erected for them, and here they sit together upon a
-double throne, their feet supported upon hassocks. The queen sits
-upon Akhnaton’s left, and in the picture her figure is hidden by
-that of her husband; but as her right arm is seen to encircle his
-waist, and her left hand to hold his left hand, one may suppose
-that she is reclining against him, with her royal head upon his
-shoulder. Nefertiti was the mother of a family of children, but was
-not more than about twenty[54] years of age; and as she is said to
-have been extremely beautiful, one may presume that this scene of
-conjugal affection was not without its charm. The little princesses
-cluster round the throne, one of them holding a young gazelle in
-her arms, while another strokes its head.
-
-In front of this pavilion the deputations from the vassal kingdoms
-pass by; and in order that the king may not be wearied by their
-ceremonious homage, a group of professional wrestlers, boxers,
-and fencers is provided for his diversion; while near them some
-buffoons and mummers dance and tumble to the accompaniment of
-castanets and hand-clapping. The tribute of Syria is brought
-by long-robed Asiatics, who cast themselves upon their knees
-before the throne with hands uplifted in salutation. Splendid
-Syrian horses are led past, and behind them chariots are wheeled
-or carried along. Then come groups of slaves, handcuffed, but
-not cruelly bound nor maltreated, as was the custom under other
-Pharaohs. Bows, spears, shields, daggers, elephant-tusks, and other
-objects, are carried past and deposited upon the ground near the
-pavilion; while beautiful vases of precious metal or costly stone
-are held aloft for the king to admire. Wild animals are led across
-the ground by their keepers, and amongst these a tame mountain lion
-must have caused something of a sensation. Several nude girls,
-selected probably for their beauty, walk past; and one may suppose
-that they will find subsequent employment amongst the handmaidens
-in the palace.
-
-From the “islands in the midst of the sea” come beautiful vases,
-some ornamented with figures in the round. From Libya ostrich
-eggs and ostrich feathers are brought. The tribute of Nubia and
-the Sudan is carried past by befeathered negroes, and consists
-mainly of bars and rings of gold and bags of gold-dust, procured
-from the mines in the Eastern Desert. Shields, weapons, tusks, and
-skins are also to be seen, and cattle and antelopes are led before
-the throne. As the Asiatics had startled the assembly by bringing
-with them a lion, so the negroes cause a stir by leading forward a
-panther of large size. Finally, male and female slaves, the latter
-carrying their babies in baskets upon their backs, are marched past
-the pavilion; but here again these slaves are not maltreated. It is
-particularly noticeable that the groups of miserable captives which
-one sees in all such scenes of other periods, with their arms bound
-in agonising positions and their knees giving way under them, are
-entirely absent from the representations of Akhnaton’s ceremonies.
-Human suffering was a thing hateful to the young Pharaoh who knew
-so well the meaning of physical distress; and the tortures of the
-prisoners, or the beheading of some rebel, such as would have been
-a feature of an occasion of this kind under Amonhotep II., or even,
-perhaps, under Amonhotep III., would have been as revolting to
-Akhnaton as it would be to us.
-
-
- 7. QUEEN TIY VISITS THE CITY OF THE HORIZON.
-
-Akhnaton had left Thebes, as we have seen, in about the eighth
-year of his reign; but his mother, Queen Tiy, seems to have been
-unwilling to accompany him, and to have decided to remain in her
-palace at the foot of the Theban hills. It is probable that she had
-not encouraged her son to create the new capital, and the removal
-of the court from Thebes must have been something of a grief to
-her, though no doubt she recognised the necessity of the step.
-In spite of advancing years she must have sorely missed the pomp
-and circumstance of the splendid court over which she had once
-presided. Up to the fourth year of her son’s reign she had been
-dominant, and the whole known world had bowed the knee to her. The
-luxuries of the many kingdoms over which she held sway had been
-hers to enjoy; but now, with the king and the nobles gone to the
-City of the Horizon, and every penny which could be collected gone
-with them, the old queen must have been obliged to live a quiet,
-retired life in a palace which was probably falling into rapid
-ruin. Her little daughter, Baketaton, appears to have lived with
-her; and it may be that some of her other daughters were still with
-her, though of them we hear nothing, and it is more probable that
-they had already died. It seems likely that she paid occasional
-state visits to her son, and permanent accommodation was provided
-for her in the City of the Horizon should she at any time desire to
-stay there. Her major-domo, an elderly man named Huya, appears to
-have lived for part of the year at the new capital, where a tomb
-was made for him; and it is from the reliefs on the walls of this
-tomb that we obtain the knowledge of one of these state visits made
-by the old queen to Akhnaton. There is no evidence to show in what
-year the visit which forms the subject of the representations was
-made; but as the twelfth year of Akhnaton’s reign is mentioned in
-this tomb, it is probable that the visit took place somewhere about
-that time.
-
-The queen must now have been between fifty and sixty years of
-age,[55] and her daughter Baketaton, born just before the death
-of her husband, was probably not much more than twelve years old.
-Akhnaton received his mother and sister with apparent joy and
-festivity, and the major-domo, Huya, was called upon to organise
-many a _fête_ in their honour. Some of them are shown in the
-reliefs, where even the conventionalities of the artist have
-not been able to hide from us the luxury of the scene. One sees
-Akhnaton, his wife Nefertiti, his mother Tiy, his sister Baketaton,
-and his two daughters Merytaton and Ankhsenpaaton, seated together
-on comfortable cushioned chairs, their feet resting on elaborate
-footstools. Akhnaton is clad in a skirt of clinging linen, but the
-upper part of his body seems to have been bare. On his forehead
-there gleams a small golden serpent, and on his feet there are
-elaborate sandals; but with customary simplicity he wears no
-jewellery. Queen Nefertiti wears a flowing robe of fine linen, and
-on her forehead also there is the royal serpent. Queen Tiy wears
-the elaborate wig which was in vogue during the days of the old
-_régime_, and upon it there rests an ornamental crown consisting
-of a disk, two horns, two tall plumes, and two small serpents,
-probably all wrought in gold. A graceful robe of some almost
-transparent material falls lightly over her figure. The little
-girls appear to be naked.
-
-Around this happy family group there stand graceful tables upon
-which food of all kinds is heaped. Here are joints of meat, dishes
-of confectionery, vegetables, fruit,[56] bread, cakes of various
-kinds, and so on. The tables are massed with lotus-flowers,
-according to the charming custom of the ancient Egyptians of all
-periods. Beside the tables stand jars of wine and other drinkables,
-festooned with ribbons. At the moment selected by the artist for
-reproduction, Akhnaton is seen placing his teeth in the neatly
-trimmed meat adhering to a large bone which he holds in his hand.
-To this day it is the custom in Egypt thus to eat with the hands.
-Nefertiti has a small roast duck in her hands at which she daintily
-nibbles. Tiy’s morsel cannot now be seen, but as she places it to
-her mouth with one hand she presents a portion to her daughter,
-Baketaton, with the other. The two little princesses feed by
-Nefertiti’s side, and appear to be sharing the meal. Meanwhile Huya
-hurries to and fro superintending the banquet, carefully tasting
-each dish before it is presented to the royal party. Two string
-bands play alternately, the one Egyptian and the other apparently
-Syrian. The former consists of four female performers, the first
-playing on a harp, the second and third on lutes, and the fourth on
-a lyre. The main instrument in the foreign band is a large standing
-lyre, about six feet in height, having eight strings, and being
-played with both hands. Courtiers clad in elaborate dresses, and
-holding ostrich-plume standards, are grouped around the hall in
-which the banquet takes place.
-
-Another set of reliefs in the tomb of Huya shows us an evening
-entertainment in honour of Queen Tiy. Again the same members of
-the royal family are represented, but against the cool night air
-more clothes are worn by each person, and the upper part of the
-king’s body is now seen to be covered by a mantle of soft linen.
-The king, queen, and queen-dowager are all shown drinking from
-delicate bowls, probably made of gold. This being an evening
-festival, little solid food appears to have been eaten, but there
-are three flower-decked tables piled high with fruit. From these
-the little princesses, now wearing light garments, help themselves
-liberally; and the small Ankhsenpaaton stands upon the footstool of
-her mother’s chair, holding on to her skirts with one hand, while
-with the other she crams an apricot or some similar fruit into her
-mouth. Two string bands make music as before, and again the groups
-of courtiers stand about the hall; while Huya hastens to and fro
-directing the waiters, who, with napkins thrown over their arms,
-replenish the drinking-bowls from the wine-jars. The hall is lit
-by several flaming lamps set upon tall stands, near each of which
-these jars have been placed.
-
-
- 8. TIY VISITS HER TEMPLE.
-
-One more scene from this state visit is shown. Here we observe
-Akhnaton leading his mother affectionately by the hand to a temple
-which had been built in her honour, as her private place of
-worship, and which was called the “Shade of the Sun.” This temple
-appears to have been a building of great beauty and considerable
-size. One passed through two great swinging doors fixed between the
-usual two pylons, and so entered the main court, which stood open
-to the sunlight. A pillared gallery passed along either side of
-this court, and between each of the columns there stood statues of
-Akhnaton, Amonhotep III., and Queen Tiy. In the middle of the court
-rose the altar, to which one mounted by a flight of low steps. At
-the far end of the court another set of pylons and swinging doors
-led into the inner chambers. Passing through these doors one
-entered a small gallery, on either side of which there were again
-statues of the Pharaoh and his mother. Beyond stood the sanctuary,
-closed by swinging doors; and inside this was the second altar,
-flanked by statues of the king and queen-dowager. To right and left
-of the sanctuary there were small chapels; and a passage led round
-behind the sanctuary to the usual shrines, where more royal statues
-were to be seen.
-
-The building seems to have been brilliant with colours; and on
-this particular occasion the altars were heaped up with offerings.
-Great jars of wine, decked with garlands of flowers and ribbons,
-stood in the shadow of the colonnades; and meat, bread, fruit, and
-vegetables were piled on delicate stands, ornamented with flowers.
-
-Akhnaton and Tiy were accompanied by the little Princess Baketaton,
-Akhnaton’s sister, and her two ladies-in-waiting. Before them
-walked the queen’s major-domo, Huya, accompanied by a foreign
-official wearing what appears to be Cretan costume.[57] Behind
-them walked a noble group of courtiers bearing ostrich-plume fans
-and standards; and outside the temple precincts waited a crowd of
-policemen, servants, charioteers and grooms in charge of the royal
-chariots, fan-bearers, porters, and temple attendants. These people
-shout and cheer loyally as the royal party arrives. “The ruler of
-the Aton!” they cry. “He shall exist for ever and ever!” “She who
-rises in beauty!” “To him on whom the Aton rises!” “She who is
-patron of this temple of Aton!” The old queen must have felt as
-though she were back once more in the days of her glory; and yet
-how different the simplicity of the religious ceremonies to those
-of the old priests of Amon-Ra. There was now but a prayer or two
-at the altar, a little burning of incense, a little bowing of the
-head, and then the procession back to the palace, and the silent
-closing of the holy gates.
-
-
- 9. THE DEATH OF QUEEN TIY.
-
-It is possible that Queen Tiy took up her residence at the City
-of the Horizon in recognition of the lavish arrangements which
-her son had made for her. But whether this is so or not, it
-does not seem that she lived very long to enjoy such renewals
-of the pomps which she had known in her younger days. Her death
-appears to have taken place shortly after these celebrations,
-and, probably by her express commands, she was embalmed at Thebes
-and carried from her palace up the winding valley to the royal
-burying-ground amongst the rugged Theban hills. Akhnaton showed
-his affection for her by presenting the furniture for the tomb,
-and in the inscriptions on the outer coffin one reads that “he
-made it for his mother.” The queen-dowager had evidently expressed
-a wish to be buried near her father and mother, Yuaa and Tuau;
-for the tomb, which is situated on the east side of the valley,
-is within a stone’s-throw of the sepulchre where they lay. It
-was entered by a steep flight of steps leading down to a sloping
-passage, at the end of which was the large burial chamber, the
-walls of which were carefully whitewashed. On passing into this
-chamber a great box-like shrine, or outer coffin, was to be found,
-occupying the greater part of the room. The door to the shrine
-was made of costly cedar of Lebanon covered with gold, and was
-fitted with an ornamental bolt. Many of the nails which held the
-woodwork together were made of pure gold,--a fact which plainly
-shows us the wealth of the royal treasuries at this time. Scenes
-were embossed on the panels showing the queen standing under the
-rays of the Aton. The shrine itself was also made of cedar, covered
-with gold, and on all sides were scenes of the Aton worship. Here
-Akhnaton was shown with Tiy, and the life-giving rays of the sun
-streamed around their naturally drawn figures. Inside this outer
-box the coffin containing the great queen’s mummy was laid. The
-usual funeral furniture was placed at the sides of the room: gaily
-coloured boxes, alabaster vases, faience toilet-pots, statuettes,
-&c. Some of the toilet utensils were made in the form of little
-figures of the grotesque god Bes, which indicates that Akhnaton
-still tolerated the recognition by other persons of some of the
-old gods. In the inscriptions upon the outer coffin he had been
-careful to call his father, Amonhotep III., by his second name,
-Nebmaara, as often as possible, in order to avoid the writing
-of the word Amon, his dislike of everything to do with that god
-being profound. He allowed it to be written, however, here and
-there, as it seemed right to him that it should appear. Akhnaton’s
-prejudice against the old state god is also shown in another
-manner. Amon’s consort was the goddess Mut “the Mother,” whose
-name is written in hieroglyphs by a sign representing a vulture.
-Now when the inscription mentioned the king’s _mother_, Tiy, the
-word _mut_, “mother,” had to be written; but in order to avoid a
-similarity--even in spelling--to the name of the goddess, Akhnaton
-had the word written out phonetically, letter by letter, and
-thus dispensed with the use of the vulture sign.[58] Again, in
-the name Nebmaara, the meaning of which is “Ra, Lord of Truth,”
-the sign _maa_, “truth,” represented the goddess of that name.
-Akhnaton’s religion was much concerned with the quality of truth,
-which he regarded as one of the greatest necessities to happiness
-and well-being; and the fallacy of supposing that there was an
-actual deity of truth was particularly apparent to him. He was,
-therefore, careful to write the sign _maa_ in letters instead of
-with the hieroglyph of the goddess.
-
-When the funeral ceremonies came to an end, when the last prayer
-was said and the last cloud of incense had floated to the roof,
-the golden door of the shrine was shut and bolted, the outer
-doorways were walled up, and an avalanche of stones, let down
-from the chippings heaped near by, obliterated all traces of the
-entrance. Thus Akhnaton paid his last tribute to his mother and
-to the originator, it may be, of the schemes which he had carried
-into effect; and his last link with the past was severed. With the
-death of this good woman a restraining influence, as kindly as it
-was powerful, slipped from his arm, and a new and fiercer chapter
-of his short life began.
-
-
-
-
- VI.
-
- THE THIRTEENTH TO THE FIFTEENTH YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- “The episode of the retirement of the king with his whole
- court to the new palace and city, ... and the strange life of
- religious and artistic propaganda which he led there, ... is
- one of the most curious and interesting in the history of the
- world.”--BUDGE: ‘History of Egypt.’
-
-
- 1. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE RELIGION OF ATON.
-
-In the Pharaoh’s hymn to the Aton we read these words--
-
- “Thou didst create the earth according to Thy desire, ...
- The countries of Syria and Nubia,
- The land of Egypt....”
-
-It is certainly worthy of note that Syria and Nubia are thus named
-before Egypt, and seem to take precedence in Akhnaton’s mind. In
-the same hymn the following lines occur:--
-
- “The Nile in heaven is for the strangers, ...
- But the Nile [itself,] it cometh from the nether world for Egypt.”
-
-Here Akhnaton refers to the rain which falls in Syria to water
-the lands of the stranger, and compares it with the river which
-irrigates his own country. Thus again his thoughts are first for
-Syria and then for Egypt. This is the true imperial spirit: in
-the broadness of the Pharaoh’s mind his foreign possessions claim
-as much attention as do his own dominions, and demand as much
-love. The sentiments are entirely opposed to those of the earlier
-kings of this dynasty, who ground down the land of the “miserable”
-foreigner and extracted therefrom all its riches, without regard to
-aught else.
-
-Akhnaton believed that his God was the Father of all mankind, and
-that the Syrian and the Nubian were as much under His protection
-as the Egyptian. This is a greater advance in ethics than may be
-at once apparent; for the Aton thus becomes the first deity who
-was not tribal or not national ever conceived by mortal mind.
-This is the Christian’s understanding of God, though not the
-Hebrew conception of Jehovah. This is the spirit which sends the
-missionary to the uttermost parts of the earth; and it was such
-an attitude of mind which now led Akhnaton to build a temple
-for the Aton in the heart of Syria, and another far up in the
-Sudan.[59] The site of the Syrian temple is now lost, but the
-Nubian buildings were recently discovered and seem to have been of
-considerable extent.
-
-[Illustration: _An Example of the Friendly Relations between Syria
-and Egypt._
-
-A Syrian Soldier named Terura, and his wife, Aariburæ, attended by
-an Egyptian servant, who assists him to hold the tube through which
-he is drinking wine from a jar. From a tablet found at El Amarna.
-(Zeit. Aeg. Spr. xxxvi. 126.)]
-
-At the same time temples were being erected in various parts of
-Egypt. At Hermonthis a temple named “Horizon of Aton in Hermonthis”
-was built; at Heliopolis there was a temple named “Exaltation of
-Ra in Heliopolis,” and also a palace for the king; at Hermopolis
-and at Memphis temples were erected; and in the Fayum and the Delta
-“Houses” of Aton sprang up. Few real converts, however, seem to
-have been made; for the religion was far above the understanding
-of the people. In deference to the king’s wishes the Aton was
-accepted, but no love was shown for the new form of worship;
-and, indeed, not even in the City of the Horizon itself was it
-understood.
-
-A certain change was now made by Akhnaton in the name of the
-Aton. The words “Heat which is in Aton” did not seem to him to
-be very happily chosen. They had been used in the earliest years
-of the movement, and had evidently not been coined by Akhnaton
-himself. The word “heat” was in spelling very reminiscent of the
-name of one of the old gods, and, to the uninitiate, might suggest
-some connection. The name of the Aton was therefore changed to
-“Effulgence which comes from Aton,” the new words introducing into
-the spelling the hieroglyph of Ra, the sun. The exact significance
-of the alteration is not known; but one may suppose that the
-new words better conveyed the meaning which Akhnaton wished to
-imply. Even now it is not easy to find a phrase to express that
-vital energy, that first cause of life, which the king so clearly
-understood.
-
-The date of this change is somewhat uncertain, though it is
-definitely to be placed between the tenth and thirteenth year of
-the reign, the probability being that it took place at the end
-of the twelfth year, when Akhnaton was about twenty-three years
-old. The inscriptions upon the outer coffin, or shrine, of Queen
-Tiy show the older form of wording, and the change, therefore,
-took place after her death. Now the queen did not die till the
-middle or end of the twelfth year, for in the tomb of Huya events
-of that year are recorded,[60] and he still holds the office of
-steward to the queen, while a letter from Dushratta, mentioning
-Tiy, was docketed in the twelfth year. On the other hand, the
-new name of the Aton occurs in tombs which, by the number of
-Akhnaton’s daughters represented in them, might be thought to have
-been constructed earlier than this.[61] Thus there is a slight
-discrepancy; but the point of significance is that the change
-occurred after the queen’s death, and was thus concurrent with
-another change which must here be recorded.
-
-
- 2. AKHNATON OBLITERATES THE NAME OF AMON.
-
-Up till this time it will have been observed that Akhnaton had
-behaved with great leniency towards the worshippers of the older
-gods, and had not even persecuted the priesthood of Amon-Ra. It
-now becomes apparent that this restraint was due to his mother’s
-influence, for no sooner was she dead than Akhnaton turned with the
-fierceness of a fanatic upon the latter institution. He issued an
-order that the name of Amon was to be erased wherever it occurred,
-and this order was carried out with such amazing thoroughness that
-hardly a single occurrence of the name was overlooked. Although
-thousands of inscriptions, accessible to Akhnaton’s agents, are
-now known in which the name of Amon occurs, there are but a few
-examples in which the god’s name has not been mutilated. His agents
-hammered the name out on the walls of the temples throughout Egypt;
-they penetrated into the tombs of the dead to erase it from the
-texts; they searched through the minute inscriptions upon small
-statuettes and figures, obliterating the name therefrom; they
-made journeys into the distant deserts to cut out the name from
-the rock-scribbles of travellers; they clambered over the cliffs
-beside the Nile to erase it from the graffiti; they entered
-private houses to rub it from small utensils where it chanced to be
-inscribed.
-
-Akhnaton was always thorough in his undertakings, and half-measures
-were unknown to him. When it came to the question of his own
-father’s name, he seems not to have hesitated to order the
-obliteration of the word Amon in it, though one may suppose that
-in most cases he painted over it the king’s second name, Nebmaara.
-His agents burst their way into the tomb of Queen Tiy and removed
-the name Amonhotep from the inscriptions upon the shrine, writing
-Nebmaara in red ink over each erasure. Having scratched out the
-name even upon one of the queen’s toilet-pots of minute size they
-retired from the tomb, building up the wall at the entrance, and
-continued their labours elsewhere. The king was now asked whether
-his own name, Amonhotep,--which had been used before he adopted the
-better known Akhnaton,--was to suffer the same fate, and the answer
-seems to have been in the affirmative. Upon the quarry tablet at
-Gebel Silsileh[62] the king’s discarded name is thus erased, though
-it was not damaged in the tomb of Rames. The names of the various
-nobles and officials, male and female, which were compounded with
-Amon--Amonhotep, Setamon, Amonemhat, Amonemapt, and so on--were
-ruthlessly destroyed; while living persons bearing such names were
-often obliged to change them.
-
-In thus mutilating his father’s name Akhnaton did not in any way
-intend to disparage his forbears. He was but desirous of utterly
-obliterating Amon from the memory of man, in order that the true
-God might the better receive acceptance. He was proud of his
-descent, and, unlike most of his ancestors, he showed a desire to
-honour the memory of his father. We have seen[63] how one of his
-artists, Bek, represented the figure of Amonhotep III. upon his
-monument at Aswan. Huya, Queen Tiy’s steward, was authorised by
-Akhnaton to show that king upon the walls of his tomb;[64] and in
-the private temple of Queen Tiy, it will be remembered that there
-were statues of Amonhotep III.[65] Likewise, the earlier kings of
-the dynasty received unusual recognition. An official named Any
-held the office of Steward of the House of Amonhotep II.;[66] and
-there is a representation of Akhnaton offering to Aton in “the
-House of Thothmes IV. in the City of the Horizon.”[67] Upon his
-boundary tablet Akhnaton refers to Amonhotep III. and Thothmes IV.
-as being troubled by the priesthood of Amon.
-
-It would seem from the above that there were shrines dedicated to
-Akhnaton’s ancestors in the City of the Horizon, each of which had
-its steward and its officials; and it is probable that Akhnaton
-arranged that a memorial shrine of the same kind should be erected
-for himself against his death, for we read of a personage who was
-“Second Priest” of the king.[68] It was his desire in this manner
-to show the continuity of his descent from the Pharaohs of the
-elder days, and to demonstrate his real claim to that title “Son
-of the Sun” which had been held by the sovereigns of Egypt ever
-since the Fifth Dynasty, and which was of such vital importance
-in the new religion. It was in this manner that he claimed descent
-from Ra, who was to him the same with Aton; and just as the great
-religious teachers of the Hebrews made careful note of their
-genealogies in order to prove themselves descended from Adam, and
-hence in a manner from God, so Akhnaton thus demonstrated the
-continuity of his line in order to show his real right to the
-titles “Child of Aton” and “Son of the Sun.”
-
-
- 3. THE GREAT TEMPLE OF ATON.
-
-The City of the Horizon of Aton must now have been a very city
-of temples. There were these shrines dedicated to the king’s
-ancestors; there was the temple of Queen Tiy; there was a shrine
-for the use of Baketaton, the king’s sister; there was the “House
-of putting the Aton to Rest,” where Queen Nefertiti officiated; and
-there was the great temple of Aton, in which probably were included
-other of the buildings named in the inscriptions. The great temple
-may here be briefly described, as the reader has so far made the
-acquaintance only of the building belonging to Queen Tiy.
-
-The temple was entirely surrounded by a high wall, and in this
-respect was not unlike the existing temple of Edfu, which the
-visitor to Egypt will assuredly have seen. Inside the area thus
-enclosed there were two buildings, the one behind the other,
-standing clear of the walls, thus leaving a wide ambulatory around
-them. Upon passing through the gates of the enclosing wall there
-was seen before one the façade of the first of the two temples,
-while to right and left there stood a small lodge or vestry. The
-façade of the temple was most imposing. Two great pylons towered
-up before one, rising from behind a pillared portico, and between
-them stood the gateway with its swinging doors. Up the face of
-each pylon shot five tall masts, piercing the blue sky above, and
-from the heads of each there fluttered a crimson pennant. Passing
-through the gateway one entered an open court, in the midst of
-which stood the high altar, up to which a flight of steps ascended.
-On either side of this sun-bathed enclosure stood a series of small
-chapels or chambers; while in front of one, in the axial line,
-there was another gateway leading on into the second court, from
-which one passed again into a third court. Passing through yet
-another gateway, a fourth division of the temple was reached, this
-being a pillared gallery or colonnade where one might rest for a
-while in the cool shadow. Then onwards through another gateway into
-the fifth court, crossing which one entered the sixth court, where
-stood another altar in the full sunshine. A series of some twenty
-little chambers passed around the sides of this court, and looking
-into the darkness beyond each of their doorways one might discern
-the simple tables and stands with which the rooms were furnished.
-A final gateway now led one into the seventh and last court, where
-again there was an altar, and again a series of chambers surrounded
-the open space.
-
-Behind this main temple, and quite separate from it though standing
-within the one enclosure, stood the lesser temple, which was
-probably the more sacred of the two. It was fronted by a pillared
-portico, and before each column stood a statue of Akhnaton, beside
-which was a smaller figure of his wife or one of his daughters.
-Passing through the gateway, which was so designed that nothing
-beyond could be seen, one entered an open court in which stood the
-altar, and around the sides of which were small chambers. Here the
-temple ended, save for a few chambers of uncertain use, approached
-from the ambulatory.
-
-Both buildings were gay with colours, and at festivals there were
-numerous stands heaped high with flowers and other offerings,
-while red ribbons added their notes of brilliant colour on all
-sides. There was nothing gloomy or sombre in this temple of Aton;
-and it contrasts strikingly with the buildings in which Amon was
-worshipped. There vast halls were lit by minute windows, and
-a dim uncertainty hovered around the worshipper. Such temples
-lent themselves to mystery, and amidst their gloomy shadows
-many a supplicant’s heart beat in terror. Dark stairways led to
-subterranean passages, and these passages to black chambers built
-in the thickness of the wall, from whence the hollow voice of the
-priest throbbed as from mid-air upon the ears of the crouching
-congregation. But in Akhnaton’s temple each court was open to the
-full blaze of the sunlight.[69] There was, there could be, no
-mystery; nor could there be any terror of darkness to loosen the
-knees of the worshipper. Akhnaton, true scientist that he was,
-had no sympathy for the occult and no interest in spiritualism.
-Boldly he looked to God as a child to its father; and having solved
-what he deemed to be the riddle of life, there was no place in
-his mind for aught but an open, fearless adoration of the Creator
-of that vital energy which he saw in all things. Akhnaton was the
-sworn enemy of the table-turners of his day, and the tricks of
-priestcraft, the stage effects of religiosity, were anathema to his
-pure mind.
-
-
- 4. THE BEAUTY OF THE CITY.
-
-The City of the Horizon of Aton was now a place of surpassing
-beauty. Eight or nine years of lavish expenditure in money and
-skill had transformed the fields and the wilderness into as fair
-a city as the world had ever seen. One of the nobles who lived
-there, by name May, describes it in these words: “The mighty City
-of the Horizon of Aton, great in loveliness, mistress of pleasant
-ceremonies, rich in possessions, the offering of the sun being in
-her midst. At the sight of her beauty there is rejoicing. She is
-lovely and beautiful: when one sees her it is like a glimpse of
-heaven.”
-
-[Illustration: _Carved Wooden Chair, the designs partly covered
-with gold-leaf._]
-
-There was almost constant music in her streets, and the scent of
-flowers was wafted upon every breeze. Besides the temples and
-public buildings the city was adorned with numerous palaces, each
-standing in fair gardens. One of these mansions,[70] represented in
-the tomb of Meryra, seems to have constituted a happy combination
-of comfort and simplicity, as may be seen from its pictures. One
-entered a walled court, and so passed to the main entrance of
-the house. A portico, the roof of which was supported by four
-decorative columns festooned with ribbons, sheltered the elaborate
-doorway from the sunshine. Passing through this doorway, from the
-top of which a row of cobras gleamed down upon one, a pillared
-hall was reached; and beyond this the visitor entered the great
-dining-hall. Twelve columns supported the ceiling, which was
-probably painted with flights of birds; and under a kind of kiosk
-in the middle of the hall stood the dining-table and several
-comfortable arm-chairs, cushioned in bright colours. Beyond this
-hall there was a court, at the back of which were several chambers,
-one being a bedroom, as a great cushioned bedstead clearly shows.
-The owner’s womenfolk probably occupied another portion of the
-building not shown in the representations.
-
-The palace of Ay, Akhnaton’s father-in-law, was a more pretentious
-building. It was entered by a fine doorway which led into a court.
-A second door gave entrance to the large, pillared dining-hall,
-and through this one passed into a court from which bedrooms and
-boudoirs led off. In one of these rooms two women, clad in airy
-garments, are seen to be dancing with one another, while a man
-plays a harp. In another room a girl likewise dances to the strains
-of a harp, while a servant dresses the hair of one of the gentlemen
-of the household. Other rooms contain lutes, harps, and lyres, as
-well as objects of the toilet. A little court is now reached, where
-fragrant flowers grow, and tanks of water, sunk in the decorated
-pavement, give a sense of coolness to the air. Beyond this are more
-apartments, and finally the kitchens are reached. Throughout the
-house stand delicate tables upon which jars of wine or dishes of
-fruit are to be seen; and cushioned arm-chairs, with footstools
-before them, are ready for the weary. Servants are seen passing to
-and fro bearing refreshments, or stopping to dust the floor, or
-again idly talking in the passages.
-
-Akhnaton’s palace is not very clearly shown in the tomb reliefs or
-paintings, but portions of it were found in the modern excavations
-on the site[71]. Like all the residential buildings of the
-period, it was an airy and light structure made of brick. The
-walls, ceilings, and floors were covered with the most beautiful
-paintings; and delicate pillars, inlaid with coloured glass and
-stone, or covered with realistically painted vines and creepers,
-supported the light roofs of its halls. Portions of the pavement
-are still preserved, and the visitor to the site of the city may
-still see the paintings there depicted. A young calf, frisking
-in the sunlight, gallops through a field of red poppies; wild
-geese rise from the marshes and beat their way through the reeds,
-disturbing the butterflies as they do so; amidst the lotus-flowers
-resting upon the rippling water the sinuous fish are seen to
-wander. These are but fragments of the paintings which once
-delighted the eyes of the Pharaoh, or brought a sigh to the lips of
-his queen.
-
-The art of the painter of this period excels in the depiction of
-animal and plant life. The winding, tangled stems and leaves of
-vines were carefully studied; the rapid motions of animals were
-correctly caught; and it has been said that in these things the
-artists of Akhnaton were greater than those in any other Oriental
-art[72]. Sculpture in the round, too, reached a pitch of excellence
-never before known. The statue of Akhnaton illustrated opposite is
-the work of one who may rank with Donatello, if not with Cellini.
-
-[Illustration: _Akhnaton._
-
-(From a statuette in the Louvre.)]
-
-It is possible that Auta, the chief sculptor of Queen Tiy,[73] is
-the creator of this statue, and perhaps also of the head, probably,
-of Akhnaton’s daughter shown opposite next page. In the tomb of
-Huya there is a scene representing this artist seated in his studio
-giving the final touches to a statue of Princess Baketaton. He sits
-upon a low stool, palette in hand, and, as was the custom, colours
-the surface of the statue. Unlike the stiff conventional poses of
-earlier work, the attitude of the young girl is easy and graceful.
-One hand hangs by her side: in the other she holds a pomegranate,
-which she is about to raise to her lips. Auta’s assistant stands
-beside the figure, and near by two apprentices work upon objects of
-less importance, their chisels on a table by their side.
-
-Works such as these which Auta and his companions were turning out
-are permanent memorials of the reign of Akhnaton, which will carry
-his name through the years until, as he would say, “the swan turns
-black and the crow turns white.” There must surely come a time,
-and soon, when the art of Egypt will receive more attention; and
-one may then hear Akhnaton’s name coupled with that of the Medici
-as the patron, if not the teacher, of great masters. It was he
-who released them from convention, and bade their hands repeat
-what their eyes saw; and it was he who directed those eyes to the
-beauties of nature around them. He, and no other, taught them to
-look at the world in the spirit of life, to infuse into the cold
-stone something of the “effulgence which comes from Aton”; and,
-if these few treasures which have survived the utter wreck of the
-City of the Horizon have put one’s heart to a happy step, it was
-Akhnaton who first set the measure.
-
-
- 5. AKHNATON’S AFFECTION FOR HIS FAMILY.
-
-In about the thirteenth year of the reign a fifth daughter was
-born, who was named Neferneferura. This seems to have been the
-first daughter born after the changes in the religion recorded
-at the beginning of this chapter[74] had taken place; and it is
-significant that the name of Aton, of which all the previous
-daughters’ names had been compounded, now gives place to Ra.
-A sixth daughter seems to have made her appearance somewhat over
-a year later, some time during the fourteenth year of the reign.
-Again Ra is used in the name instead of Aton, she being called
-Setepenra. It is impossible to say what was the meaning of this
-slight change in the theological aspect of the religion at this
-period, but it seems evident that certain developments in which Ra
-figured were now introduced.
-
-[Illustration: _Head of Akhnaton’s Daughter._]
-
-No son was yet forthcoming, and both the king and the queen
-must now have suffered six successive disappointments. It may
-be mentioned here that the next child born to the unfortunate
-couple in the following year proved to be a seventh girl and a
-seventh disappointment; and in the remaining two years of the
-reign no other child was born, or at any rate was weaned, so that
-Akhnaton died sonless. It is strange to picture this lofty-minded
-preacher in his home, with his six little girls around him, as
-he is shown upon the monuments. No other Pharaoh thus portrayed
-himself surrounded by his family; but Akhnaton seems to have
-never been happy unless all his children were with him and his
-wife by his side. The charm of family life, and the sanctity of
-the relationship of husband and wife, parents and children, seems
-to have been an important point of doctrine to him. He urged his
-nobles, also, to give their attention to their families; and in the
-tomb of Panehesy, for example, one may see representations of that
-personage sitting with his wife and his three daughters around him.
-
-Akhnaton’s affection for his daughters is now shown to us in
-another manner. When Amonhotep III. had asked the King of Mitanni
-for one of his daughters to be given in marriage to Akhnaton, the
-little Nefertiti was at once dispatched, although she was not yet
-old enough to cohabit with her husband. He had no scruples about
-sending the child of eight years old to a foreign country, and
-seems to have packed her off without a thought. Now, however, we
-obtain a glimpse of Akhnaton’s actions under similar circumstances,
-and the difference is marked. The King of Babylon, Burraburiash,
-wrote to Akhnaton in about the fourteenth or fifteenth year of
-the reign, asking for one of the Pharaoh’s daughters as a wife
-for his son. Wishing to be on friendly terms with Babylonia,
-Akhnaton consented to the union, and selected probably his fourth
-daughter, Nefernefernaton, as the future Queen of Babylon. His
-eldest daughter subsequently married a noble named Smenkhkara, who
-succeeded to the throne after the death of Akhnaton; and his third
-daughter was later married to another noble named Tutankhaton, who
-usurped the throne, as we shall see in the sequel. The fact that
-neither of these daughters was now chosen to marry the Babylonian
-prince indicates that they were already betrothed to their future
-husbands, and hence this event could not have taken place much
-earlier than at the date mentioned above. The second daughter,
-Meketaton, was not selected for the reason that she seems to have
-been in a precarious state of health. The little princess who was
-chosen was born in the tenth year of the reign, and was now not
-more than five years of age. Akhnaton, unlike the King of Mitanni,
-did not at once send the child to her future home, but arranged
-the marriage by proxy, and thus kept his daughter with him for yet
-a few years. This is made evident from the fact that in a letter
-from Burraburiash to Akhnaton, the Babylonian king states that he
-is sending a necklace of over a thousand stones to the “Pharaoh’s
-daughter, the wife of his son,” who is thus evidently still
-resident in Egypt.
-
-Besides Akhnaton’s six, and presently seven, daughters there were
-two other princesses probably in residence at the palace. One of
-these, his young sister Baketaton, whom we have seen visiting the
-City of the Horizon with her mother, is not again heard of, and
-perhaps did not long survive the dowager-queen’s death. The other
-was Nezemmut, the sister of Queen Nefertiti, who seems to have
-lived in Egypt continuously since the time of the founding of the
-new city, when we last saw her.[75] Her portraits are shown in
-the tombs of May, Panehesy, and Ay; and she is generally seen to
-be accompanied by two female dwarfs, named Para and Reneheh, who
-appear to have waddled after her wherever she went. She was still,
-no doubt, very young, and these two grotesque attendants were
-entrusted with her safety as well as her amusement.
-
-
- 6. AKHNATON’S FRIENDS.
-
-The simple and homely manner in which Akhnaton is represented by
-his artists, surrounded by his children, is an indication that
-although he demanded much homage from his subjects in his capacity
-as their Pharaoh, he but asked for their sympathy and affection in
-all other connections. As Pharaoh his person was inapproachable and
-his attitude aloof, but as a man he never failed to set an example
-of what he considered a man should do; and even upon his throne,
-to which one might but advance with bowed head and bended knee,
-he displayed his mortal nature to all beholders by joking with
-his children or paying fond attention to his wife. So, also, many
-of his disciples and courtiers, who so ceremoniously approached
-the steps of his throne, were in reality his good friends and
-intimates. Akhnaton did not care a snap of the fingers for
-aristocratic traditions, and although he demanded the conventional
-respect of his subjects, and upheld the less tiresome rules of
-court etiquette, many of his closest friends were of peasant
-origin, and the hands which now held the jewelled ostrich-plume
-standards could as easily grasp the pick or the plough.
-
-May, a high official of the city, speaks of himself in the
-following words: “I was a man of low origin both on my father’s
-and on my mother’s side, but the King established me.... He caused
-me to grow ... by his bounty when I was a man of no property; ...
-he gave me food and provisions every day, I who had been one that
-begged bread.” Huya, Queen Tiy’s steward, speaks of the king as
-selecting his officials from the ranks of the yeomen. Panehesy
-tells us that Akhnaton is one “who maketh princes and formeth the
-humble,” and he adds: “When I knew not the companionship of princes
-I was made an intimate of the King.” But if the Pharaoh raised men
-from the ranks, he was also capable of degrading those who offended
-against the standards which he had set up. Thus May seems to have
-been disgraced and turned out of the city.
-
-The tomb of the police official, Mahu, who was a favourite of the
-king, though probably not of exalted origin, has provided us with
-some scenes relating to his official work which are of considerable
-interest. In one series of these we are shown the capture of some
-foreigners, or perhaps Beduin, who may have belonged to some gang
-of thieves or anarchists. Mahu has been awakened in the early
-hours of a winter morning by the news of the disturbance, and as
-he listens to the report a servant blows a small fire into flame,
-since the morning air is chilly. He then sends for his chariot and
-drives to the scene of the crime, whatever it may be; and soon he
-has effected the arrest of some of the culprits. These men are then
-conveyed to the Vizir, who, with his staff, receives Mahu with
-exclamations of approval. “Examine these men, O Princes,” says the
-police officer, “whom the foreigners have instigated.” From these
-words it might seem that the prisoners were foreign spies, or even
-assassins plotting against the life of the Pharaoh.
-
-Whether from fear of a revolt in Egypt or from mere custom, the
-City of the Horizon was closely defended at this time, and there
-is a scene in this same tomb in which Akhnaton is shown inspecting
-the fortifications. He drives in his chariot with his wife and
-his eldest daughter Merytaton; and although the spirited horses
-would appear to be difficult to manage, the more so because the
-mischievous Merytaton is poking them with a stick, Akhnaton is a
-sufficiently good driver to be able to carry on a conversation with
-the queen, and to address a few words to Mahu, who runs by the
-side of the chariot. In striking contrast to the custom of other
-Pharaohs, Akhnaton is accompanied by an unarmed bodyguard of police
-as he drives round the defences; and in this we may perhaps see an
-indication of his popularity. The fortifications, it may be noted,
-consist of blockhouses built at regular intervals, and defended by
-wire or rope entanglements.
-
-In several of the tombs there are representations of their
-owners receiving rewards from the king for their diligence in
-their official works, or for their intelligent acceptance of his
-teaching. A high official named Pentu has left us a scene in
-which Akhnaton is shown seated in the hall of his palace, while
-Pentu stands before him to receive numerous golden collars at the
-royal hands in recognition of his services. A part of the palace
-is shown, but the scene is much damaged: a small pond or tank
-surrounded by flowers is shown in one corner of the enclosure, but
-the plan of the various rooms is confused, and is quite subsidiary
-to the representation of the hall where the Pharaoh receives the
-happy Pentu. Akhnaton seems to have been a good friend, as he was
-a stern enemy; and those who assisted him in the difficult tasks
-which he had set himself were lavishly rewarded for their pains.
-
-
- 7. AKHNATON’S TROUBLES.
-
-Akhnaton’s health was so very uncertain that he hastened to
-construct for himself a tomb in the cliffs behind the City of the
-Horizon. He selected as the site of his last resting-place a gaunt
-and rugged valley which here cuts into the hills, leading back,
-around tumbled rocks and up dry watercourses, to the Arabian desert
-beyond. It is
-
- “A savage place!--as holy and enchanted
- As e’er beneath a waning moon was haunted
- By woman wailing for her demon-lover.”
-
-Here Akhnaton elected to be buried, where hyænas prowled and
-jackals wandered, and where the desolate cry of the night-owls
-echoed over the rocks. In winter, the cold wind sweeps up this
-valley and howls around the rocks; in summer the sun makes of it
-a veritable furnace unendurable to man. There is nothing here to
-remind one of the God who watches over him, and the tender Aton of
-the Pharaoh’s conception would seem to have abandoned this place
-to the spirits of evil. There are no flowers where Akhnaton cut
-his sepulchre, and no birds sing; for the king believed that his
-soul, caught up into the noon of Paradise, would need no more the
-delights of earth.
-
-The tomb consisted of a passage descending into the hill, and
-leading to a rock-cut hall, the roof of which was supported by
-four columns. Here stood the sarcophagus of pink granite in which
-the Pharaoh’s mummy would lie. The walls of this hall were covered
-with scenes carved in plaster,[76] representing various phases of
-the Aton worship. From the passage there led another small chamber
-beyond which a further passage was cut, perhaps to lead to a second
-hall in which the queen should be buried; but the work was never
-finished.
-
-The construction of the tomb was interrupted by the death of
-Akhnaton’s second daughter, Meketaton, who had barely lived to see
-her ninth birthday. It has already been seen that she seems to have
-been ailing for some time, and her death was perhaps no surprise
-to her parents. Their grief, however, was none the less acute for
-this; and when the body of the little girl had been laid to rest in
-one of the chambers of her father’s tomb, the walls were covered
-at Akhnaton’s order with scenes representing the grief of the
-bereaved family. Here Queen Nefertiti is seen holding in her arms
-her lately born seventh daughter, whose name, ending in ... t, is
-now lost; while the five other little girls weep with their parents
-beside the bier of their dead sister. It is a pathetic picture, and
-one which stirs our sympathy for a Pharaoh who, unlike all other
-kings of Egypt, could weep for the loss of a daughter.
-
-This was not Akhnaton’s only grief. His doctrines were not being
-accepted in Egypt as readily as he had hoped, and he was probably
-able to detect a considerable amount of insincerity in the attitude
-of those around him. There was hardly a man whom he could trust to
-continue in the faith should he himself die; and even as he put the
-last touches to his temples and his palaces he was aware that he
-had built his house upon the sand. The empire which he had dreamed
-of, bound together by the ties of a common worship of Aton, was
-fast fading out of sight, and the news which reached him from Syria
-was disquieting in the extreme.
-
-At this time the King of Babylon, whose son had married Akhnaton’s
-daughter, seems to have been on bad terms with his neighbour,
-the King of Mitanni, the father of the Pharaoh’s much-loved Queen
-Nefertiti; and Akhnaton came nigh to being drawn into the quarrel.
-The Babylonian king had been ill for some time, and in the course
-of the international correspondence Nefertiti had never once sent
-her condolences to him, apparently because he was a poor friend to
-her father. This was much resented, and the King of Babylon at last
-sent an insulting letter to Akhnaton, in which he states that he is
-sending him the usual present of decorative objects which etiquette
-required of him, but that he wishes it to be understood that only a
-fraction of the gift is intended for the “mistress of his house,”
-_i.e._, Nefertiti, since she had not troubled to ask after his
-health.
-
-Shortly after this he wrote another letter to Akhnaton making
-various complaints, and stating that his messengers had been robbed
-in territory belonging to the Pharaoh, who must therefore make good
-their losses. A third letter makes similar complaints, and hints
-at future trouble. Meanwhile the King of Mitanni was on none too
-friendly terms with Akhnaton, and appears to have detained the
-Pharaoh’s envoy, named Mani, thereby causing Akhnaton considerable
-anxiety. There was, in fact, a general tendency to disparage
-the Egyptian king, which must have been exceedingly galling to
-Akhnaton, who had the power to let loose upon Asia an army which
-would silence all insult, but did not find such a step consistent
-with his principles. In a letter which he wrote to one of the
-Syrian princes whose fidelity was doubtful, Akhnaton ends his
-despatch with the words: “I am very well, I the sun in the heavens,
-and my chariots and soldiers are exceedingly numerous; and from
-Upper Egypt even unto Lower Egypt, and from the place where the
-sun riseth even unto the place where he setteth, the whole country
-is in good cause and content.” Thus we see that Akhnaton knew his
-power, and wished that others should know it; and it is therefore
-the more surprising that, as we shall presently find, he never
-chose to use it.
-
-
-
-
- VII.
-
- THE LAST TWO YEARS OF THE REIGN OF AKHNATON.
-
- “I know, he said, what you like is to look at the mountains,
- or to go up among them and kill things. But I like the running
- water in a quiet garden, with a rose reflected in it, and the
- nightingale singing to it. Listen!”--MIRZA MAHOMED in ‘The Story
- of Valeh and Hadijeh.’
-
-
- 1. THE HITTITE INVASION OF SYRIA.
-
-The eastern end of the Mediterranean is bounded on the south by
-Egypt and the desert, on the east by Palestine and Syria, and on
-the north by Asia Minor, these roughly forming the three sides of
-a square. The conquests of the great warrior-Pharaoh Thothmes III.
-had carried the Egyptian power as far as the north-east corner of
-this formation--that is to say, to the point where Syria meets Asia
-Minor. The island of Cyprus is in shape not unlike a hand with
-index finger extended; and this finger may be said to be pointing
-to the limit of Egyptian conquest, somewhere in the neighbourhood
-of the Amanus Mountains. The kingdom of Mitanni, the home of Queen
-Nefertiti, was situated on the banks of the Euphrates some distance
-inland from these mountains; and as it acted as a buffer state
-between the Egyptian possessions in Syria and the unconquered
-lands beyond, the Pharaohs had taken care to unite themselves by
-marriage, as we have seen, with its rulers. Behind Mitanni to the
-north-east, the friendly kingdoms later known as Assyria marked
-the limits of the known world; while to the north the hostile
-lands of Asia Minor lay in the possession of the Hittites, a
-warlike confederacy of peoples, perhaps the ancestors of the modern
-Armenians. From these hardy warriors the greatest danger to the
-Egyptian Empire in Syria was to be expected; and the statesmen of
-Egypt must have cast many an anxious look towards those forbidding
-mountains which loomed beyond Mitanni. A southern movement of the
-Hittites, indications of which were already very apparent, would
-bring them swarming over and around the Amanus Mountains, either
-along the eastern and inland route through Mitanni, or along the
-western route beside the sea and over the Lebanon, or again, midway
-between these two routes, past the great cities of Tunip, Kadesh,
-and others, which stood to block the way.
-
-When Akhnaton ascended the throne, Seplel was king of the Hittites,
-and was by way of being friendly to Egypt. Some of his people,
-however, crossed the frontiers of Mitanni and were repulsed by
-Dushratta, the king of that country, who was father-in-law to
-Akhnaton. This caused some coldness between Seplel and the Pharaoh;
-and although the former sent an embassy to the City of the Horizon,
-the correspondence between the two monarchs presently ceased. The
-young idealist of Egypt seems to have held warfare in horror; and
-the Hittites were so essentially a fighting race that Akhnaton
-could have had no friendly feelings towards them. Soon we find
-that these Hittites, unable to overflow into the land of Mitanni,
-have moved along the eastern route and have seized the land of
-Amki, which lay on the sea-coast between the Amanus Mountains and
-the Lebanon. This movement might have been stopped by Aziru, an
-Amorite prince who ruled the territory between Amki and Mitanni,
-and whose duty, as an Egyptian vassal, was to check the southern
-incursions of the Hittites. But Aziru, like his father Abdashirta
-before him, was a man as ambitious as he was faithless, and his
-dealings both with the Hittites and with the Egyptians during the
-following years were unscrupulous in the extreme. It was his policy
-to play the one nation against the other, and to extend the scope
-of his own power at the expense of both.
-
-
- 2. AKHNATON’S CONSCIENTIOUS OBJECTIONS TO WARFARE.
-
-Akhnaton’s policy in Syria, when considered from the point of
-view of an ordinary man, was of the weakest. Ideals cannot govern
-an empire, and those who would apply the doctrine of “peace and
-goodwill” to subject races endanger the very principles which they
-would teach. While the young Pharaoh was singing his imperial
-psalms to the Atom in his growing capital, the princes of Syria
-were whistling the revolutionary ditties which presently were to
-ring in the ears of the isolated Egyptian garrisons. Little did
-they care for that tender Father of Mankind to whom Akhnaton’s thin
-finger so earnestly pointed. They knew nothing of monotheism; they
-found no satisfaction in One who was the gentle ruler of all men
-without distinction of race. A true god to them was a vanquisher
-of other gods, a valiant leader in battle, a relentless avenger of
-insult. The furious Baal, the bloodthirsty Tishub, the terrible
-Ishtar--these were the deities that a man could love. How they
-scorned that God of Peace who was called the Only One! How they
-laughed at the young Pharaoh who had set aside the sword for the
-psalter, who hoped to rule his restless dominions by love alone!
-
-Love! One stands amazed at the reckless idealism, the beautiful
-folly, of this Pharaoh who, in an age of turbulence, preached a
-religion of peace to seething Syria. Three thousand years later
-mankind is still blindly striving after these same ideals in
-vain. Nowadays one is familiar with the doctrine: a greater than
-Akhnaton has preached it, and has died for it. To-day God is known
-to us, and the peace of God is a thing hoped for; but at that
-far-off period, thirteen hundred years before the birth of Christ,
-two or three centuries before the age of David and Solomon, and
-many a year before the preaching of Moses, one is utterly surprised
-to behold the true light shining forth for a short moment like
-the sun through a rift in the clouds, and one knows that it has
-come too soon. Mankind, even now not ready, was then most wholly
-unprepared, and the price which Egypt paid for the ideals of her
-Pharaoh was no less than the complete loss of her dominions.
-
-Akhnaton believed in God, and to him that belief meant a practical
-abhorrence of war. Marshalling the material available for the study
-of this period of history, one can interpret the events in Syria in
-only one way: Akhnaton definitely refused to do battle, believing
-that a resort to arms was an offence to God. Whether fortune or
-misfortune, gain or loss, was to be his lot, he would hold to his
-principles, and would not return to the old gods of battle.
-
-It must be remembered that at this time the empire was the personal
-property of the Pharaoh, as every kingdom was of its king. Nobody
-ever considered a possession as belonging to the nation which had
-laid hands upon it, but only to that nation’s king. It mattered
-very little to the Syrian peoples whether their owner was an
-Egyptian or a Syrian, though perhaps they preferred to be possessed
-by one of their own race. Akhnaton was thus doing his will with his
-own property. He was refusing to fight for his own possessions; he
-was acting literally upon the Christian principle of giving the
-cloak to him who had stolen the coat. Patriotism was a sentiment
-unknown to the world: devotion to the king’s personal interest was
-all that actuated loyalty in the subject, and the monarch himself
-had but his own interests to consider. Thus Akhnaton cannot be
-accused of ruining his country by his refusal to go to war. He was
-entitled to do what he liked with his own personal property, and
-if he sacrificed his possessions to his principles, the sacrifice
-was made upon God’s high altar, and the loss would be felt by him
-alone. Such a loss, it is true, would probably break his heart; for
-he loved Syria dearly, and he had had such great hopes of uniting
-the empire by the tie of a common religion. But for good or ill, he
-was determined to stand aloof from the struggles upon which Syria
-was now entering.
-
-
- 3. THE FAITHLESSNESS OF AZIRU.
-
-While Aziru, the Amorite, schemed on the borders of Asia Minor, a
-Syrian prince named Itakama suddenly set up an independent kingdom
-at Kadesh and joined hands with the Hittites, thus cutting off
-the loyal city of Tunip, the friendly kingdom of Mitanni, and the
-territory of the faithless Aziru from direct intercourse with the
-Lebanon and Egypt’s remaining possessions in Palestine and Syria.
-Three loyal vassal kings, perhaps assisted by Dushratta of Mitanni,
-attacked the rebels, but were repulsed by Itakama and his Hittite
-allies.
-
-Aziru at once turned the situation to his own advantage. Hemmed in
-between the Hittites on the north and this new kingdom of Kadesh
-on the south, he collected his armies and marched down the Orontes
-to the Mediterranean coast, capturing the cities near the mouth of
-that river and adding them to his possessions. Should the Hittites
-ask him to give an account of these proceedings, he could reply
-that he was, as it were, the advance-guard of the Hittite invasion
-of Syria, and was preparing the road for them. Should Itakama
-question him, he could say that he was, with friendly hands,
-linking the Hittites with Kadesh. And should Akhnaton call upon him
-for an explanation, he could answer that he was securing the land
-for the Egyptians against the Hittite advance.
-
-No doubt Aziru preferred to keep his peace with the Hittites the
-most secure, for it was obvious that they were the rising people;
-but at the same time he did not yet dare to show any hostility
-to Egypt, whose armies might at any moment be launched across
-the Mediterranean. Unable to hold a position of independence,
-he now thought it most prudent to allow the northmen to swarm
-southwards through his dominions, from Amki over and around the
-Lebanon to Kadesh, where their ally Itakama dwelt. In return for
-this assistance he seems to have been allowed a free hand in the
-forwarding of his own interests, and we now find him turning his
-attention to the sea-coast cities of Simyra and Byblos, which
-nestled at the western foot of the Lebanon. Here, however, he
-received a check, and failed to obtain a footing. He therefore
-marched eastwards to the city of Niy, which he captured, slaying
-its king; and both to the Hittites and to the Egyptians he seems to
-have pretended that he had taken this step in their interests.
-
-On hearing of the fall of this city the governor of Tunip wrote a
-pathetic appeal to Akhnaton, asking for help; for he was now quite
-isolated, and he knew that Aziru was a free-lance who cared not a
-jot for any but his own welfare.
-
- “To the King of Egypt, my lord,” runs the letter. “The
- inhabitants of Tunip, thy servant. May it be well with thee, and
- at the feet of our lord we fall. My lord, Tunip, thy servant,
- speaks, saying: Who formerly could have plundered Tunip without
- being plundered by Thothmes III.? The gods ... of the King of
- Egypt, my lord, dwell in Tunip. May our lord ask his old men [if
- it be not so.] Now, however, we belong no more to our lord, the
- King of Egypt.... If his soldiers and chariots come too late,
- Aziru will make us like the city of Niy. If, however, we have
- to mourn, then the King of Egypt will mourn over these things
- which Aziru has done, for he will turn his hand against our lord.
- And when Aziru enters Simyra Aziru will do to us as he pleases,
- in the territory of our lord the King, and on account of these
- things our lord will have to lament. And now Tunip, thy city,
- weeps, and her tears are flowing, and there is no help for us.
- For twenty years we have been sending to our lord the King, the
- King of Egypt, but there has not come to us a word--no, not one.”
-
-Several points become apparent from this letter. One sees that in
-the more distant cities of Syria the significance of Akhnaton’s
-new religion was not understood. The governor of Tunip refers
-to the old gods of Egypt worshipped in that town, and he knows
-not, or cannot be brought to believe, that Akhnaton has become
-a monotheist. One sees that the memory of the terrible Thothmes
-III. and his victorious armies was still in men’s minds, and was
-probably one of the main causes of the long-continued peace in
-Syria. Akhnaton’s father, Amonhotep III., had not concerned himself
-greatly with regard to his foreign dominions, and, as the people
-of Tunip had been asking for assistance for twenty years, it would
-seem that the danger which now beset them was already feared before
-that Pharaoh’s death.
-
-[Illustration: _Letter from Ribaddi to the King of Egypt, reporting
-the progress of the rebellion under Aziru._
-
-(British Museum, No. 29,801.)]
-
-How, one asks, could Akhnaton read such a letter as this, and yet
-refuse to send a relieving army to Syria? Byblos and Simyra were
-still loyally holding out; and troops disembarked at these ports
-could speedily be marched inland to Tunip, could crush Hakama at
-Kadesh, and could frighten Aziru into giving real assistance to
-Dushratta and other loyal kings in holding the Hittites back behind
-the Amanus Mountains. But this was Akhnaton’s Gethsemane, if one
-may say so with reverence; and like that greater Teacher who,
-thirteen hundred years later, was to preach the self-same doctrine
-of personal sacrifice, one may suppose that the Pharaoh suffered a
-very Agony as he realised that his principles were leading him to
-the loss of all his dearest possessions. His restless generals
-in Egypt, eager to march into Syria, must have brought every
-argument to bear upon him; but the boy would not now turn back.
-“Put up thy sword into his place,” he seems to have said; “for all
-they that take the sword shall perish with the sword.”
-
-
- 4. THE FIGHTING IN SYRIA BECOMES GENERAL.
-
-At this time the King of Byblos was one named Ribaddi, a fine old
-soldier who was loyal to Egypt in his every thought and deed. He
-wrote to Akhnaton urging him to send troops to relieve the garrison
-of Simyra, upon which Aziru was again pressing close; for if Simyra
-fell, he knew that Byblos could not for long hold out. Presently
-we find that Zimrida, the king of the neighbouring port of Sidon,
-has opened his gates to Aziru, and has marched with him against
-Tyre. Abimilki, the King of Tyre, at once wrote to Akhnaton asking
-for assistance; but on receiving no reply he, too, appears to have
-thrown in his lot with Aziru. Ribaddi was now quite isolated at
-Byblos; and from the beleaguered city he wrote to the Pharaoh
-telling him that “Simyra is like a bird in a snare.” Akhnaton made
-no reply; and in a short time Ribaddi wrote again, saying, “Simyra,
-your fortress, is now in the power of the Khabiri.”
-
-These Khabiri were the Beduin from behind Palestine, who were
-being used as mercenaries by Aziru, and who themselves were making
-small conquest in the south on their own behalf. Thus the southern
-cities of Megiddo, Askalon, Gezer, and others, write to the Pharaoh
-asking for aid against them. Exasperated, however, by Akhnaton’s
-inaction, Askalon and Gezer, together with the city of Lachish,
-threw off the Egyptian yoke and attacked Jerusalem, which was still
-loyal to Egypt, being held by an officer named Abdkhiba. This loyal
-soldier at once sent a despatch to Akhnaton, part of which read as
-follows:--
-
- The King’s whole land, which has begun hostilities with me, will
- be lost. Behold the territory of Seir, as far as Carmel, its
- princes are wholly lost; and hostility prevails against me....
- As long as ships were upon the sea the strong arm of the King
- occupied Naharin and Kash, but now the Khabiri are occupying
- the King’s cities. There remains not one prince to my lord, the
- King; every one is ruined.... Let the King take care of his land,
- and ... let him send troops.... For if no troops come in this
- year, the whole territory of my lord the King will perish.... If
- there are no troops in this year, let the King send his officer
- to fetch me and my brothers, that we may die with our lord, the
- King.
-
-To this letter the writer added a postscript addressed to
-Akhnaton’s secretary, with whom he was evidently acquainted. “Bring
-these words plainly before my lord the King,” runs this pathetic
-appeal. “The whole land of my lord, the King, is going to ruin.”
-
-The letters sent to Akhnaton from the few princes who remained
-loyal form a collection which even now moves the reader. To
-Akhnaton they must have been so many sword-thrusts, and one may
-picture him praying passionately for strength to set them aside.
-Soon it would seem that the secretaries hardly troubled to show
-them to him; and ultimately they were so effectually pigeon-holed
-that they have only recently been discovered. The Pharaoh
-permitted himself to answer some of them, and seems to have asked
-questions as to the state of affairs; but never does he offer any
-encouragement. Lapaya, one of the princes of the south, who had
-evidently received a communication from Akhnaton in which his
-fidelity was questioned, wrote saying that if the Pharaoh ordered
-him to drive a sword of bronze into his heart he would do so. It is
-a commentary upon the veracity of the Oriental that in subsequent
-letters this prince is stated to have attacked Megiddo, and
-ultimately to have been slain while fighting against the Egyptian
-loyalists.
-
-Addudaian, a king of some unknown city of south Judea, acknowledges
-the receipt of a letter from Akhnaton in which he was asked to
-remain loyal; and he complains, in reply, of the loss of various
-possessions. Dagantakala, the king of another city, writes
-imploring the Pharaoh to rescue him from the Khabiri. Ninur, a
-queen of a part of Judea, who calls herself Akhnaton’s handmaid,
-entreats the Pharaoh to save her, and records the capture of one of
-her cities by the Khabiri.
-
-And so the letters run on, each telling of some disaster to the
-Egyptian cause, and each voicing the bitter complaint of those who
-were being sacrificed to the principles of a king who had grasped
-the meaning of civilisation too soon.
-
-
- 5. AZIRU AND RIBADDI FIGHT TO A FINISH.
-
-Meanwhile Ribaddi was holding Byblos valiantly against Aziru’s
-armies, and many were the despatches which he sent to Akhnaton
-asking for assistance against Aziru. Nothing could have been easier
-than the despatch of a few hundred men across the Mediterranean
-to the beleaguered port, and the number which Ribaddi asks for is
-absurdly small. Akhnaton, however, would not send a single man, but
-instead wrote a letter of gentle rebuke to Aziru, telling him to
-come to the City of the Horizon to explain his conduct. Aziru wrote
-at once to one of Akhnaton’s courtiers who was his friend, telling
-him to speak to the Pharaoh and to set matters right.
-
-He explained that he could not leave Syria at that time, for he
-must remain to defend Tunip against the Hittites. The reader,
-who has seen the letter written by the governor of Tunip asking
-for help against Aziru, will realise the perfidy of this Amorite,
-who was now, no doubt, preparing to capture Tunip for the sake of
-its riches, and, having done so, would tell Akhnaton that he had
-entered it to hold it against the Hittites.
-
-Akhnaton then wrote to Aziru insisting that he should rebuild the
-city of Simyra, which he had destroyed; but Aziru again replied
-that he was too busy in defending Egyptian interests against the
-inroads of the Hittites to give his attention to this matter for
-at least a year. To this Akhnaton sent a mild reply; but Aziru,
-fearing that the letter might contain some matter which it would be
-better for him not to hear, contrived to evade the messenger, and
-the despatch was brought back to Egypt. He wrote to the Pharaoh,
-however, saying that he would see to it that the cities captured by
-him should continue to pay tribute as usual to Egypt.
-
-The tribute seems to have reached the City of the Horizon in
-correct manner until the last years of the reign,[77] though
-probably it was much less in quantity than had been customary.
-There was general confusion in Syria, as we have seen; but, as in
-the case of the struggle between Aziru and Ribaddi, where both
-professed their loyalty to Egypt, so, in all the chaos, there was
-a make-believe fidelity to the Pharaoh. The tribute was thus paid
-each year by a large number of cities, and it was probably not
-till the seventeenth and last year of Akhnaton’s reign that this
-pretence of loyalty was altogether discarded.
-
-In desperate straits at Byblos, Ribaddi made a perilous journey
-to the neighbouring city of Beyrût in order to attempt to
-collect reinforcements. No sooner had he left, however, than an
-insurrection occurred at Byblos, and Ribaddi paid for his loyalty
-to Egypt by losing the support of his own subjects. Presently
-Beyrût surrendered to Aziru, and Ribaddi was forced to fly. After
-many an adventure the stout old king managed to regain control of
-Byblos, and to set about the further defence of the city.
-
-Meanwhile Aziru had paid a rapid visit to Egypt, partly to justify
-his conduct and partly, no doubt, to ascertain the condition of
-affairs on the Nile. With Oriental cunning he managed to satisfy
-Akhnaton that his intentions were not hostile to Egypt, and so
-returned to the Lebanon. Ribaddi, hearing of this, at once sent
-his son to the City of the Horizon to expose Aziru’s perfidy and
-to plead for assistance against him. At the same time he wrote to
-Akhnaton a pathetic account of his misfortunes. Four members of
-his family had been taken prisoners; his brother was constantly
-conspiring against him; old age and disease pressed heavily upon
-him. All his possessions had been taken from him, all his lands
-devastated; he had been reduced by famine and the privations of a
-long siege to a state of utter destitution, and he could not much
-longer hold out. “The gods of Byblos,” he writes, “are angry with
-me and sore displeased; for I have sinned against the gods, and
-therefore I do not come before my lord the King.” Was his sin, one
-wonders, the adoption for a while of Akhnaton’s faith? To this
-communication Akhnaton seems to have made no reply.
-
-
- 6. AKHNATON CONTINUES TO REFUSE TO SEND HELP.
-
-The messengers who arrived at the City of the Horizon of Aton,
-dusty and travel-stained, to deliver the many letters asking for
-help, must have despaired indeed when they observed the manner
-in which the news was received. Hateful to these hardy soldiers
-of the empire were the fine quays at which their galleys moored;
-hateful the fair villas and shaded avenues of the city; and thrice
-hateful the rolling hymns to the Aton which came to them from
-the temple halls as they hurried to the Pharaoh’s palace. The
-townspeople smiled at their haste in this city of dreams; the court
-officials delayed the delivery of their letters, scoffing at the
-idea of urgency in the affairs of Asia; and finally these wretched
-documents, written--if ever letters were so written--with blood
-and with tears, were pigeon-holed in the city archives and utterly
-forgotten save by Akhnaton himself. Instead of the brave music of
-the drums and bugles of the relieving army which these messengers
-had hoped to muster, there rang in their maddened ears only the
-ceaseless chants of the priestly ceremonies and the pattering
-love-songs of private festivals. Newly come from the sweat and the
-labour of the road, their brains still racked with the horror of
-war and yet burning with the vast hopes of empire, they looked with
-scorn at the luxury of Egypt’s new capital, and heard with disgust
-the dainty tales of the flowers. The lean, sad-eyed Pharaoh, with
-his crooked head and his stooping shoulders, would speak only of
-his God; and, clad in simple clothes unrelieved by a single jewel,
-there was nothing martial in his appearance to give them hope. From
-the beleaguered cities which they had so lately left there came to
-them the bitter cry for succour; and it was not possible to drown
-that cry in words of peace, nor in the jangle of the systrum or
-the warbling of the pipes. Who, thought the waiting messengers,
-could resist that piteous call: “Thy city weeps, and her tears are
-flowing”? Who could sit idle in the City of the Horizon when the
-proud empire, won with the blood of the noblest soldiers of the
-great Thothmes, was breaking up before their eyes? What mattered
-all the philosophies in the world, and all the gods in heaven, when
-Egypt’s great dominions were being wrested from her? The splendid
-Lebanon, the white kingdoms of the sea, Askalon and Ashdod, Tyre
-and Sidon, Simyra and Byblos, the hills of Jerusalem, Kadesh and
-the great Orontes, the fair Jordan, Tunip, Aleppo, the distant
-Euphrates.... What counted a creed against these? God? The truth?
-The only god was He of the Battles, who had led Egypt into Syria;
-the only truth the doctrine of the sword, which had held her there
-for so many years.
-
-Looking back across these thirty-two centuries, can one yet say
-whether the Pharaoh was in the right, or whether his soldiers were
-the better minded? On the one hand there is culture, refinement,
-love, thought, prayer, goodwill, and peace; on the other hand,
-power, might, health, hardihood, bravery, and struggle. One knows
-that Akhnaton’s theories were the more civilised, the more ideal;
-but is there not a pulse which stirs in sympathy with those who
-were holding the citadels of Asia? We can give our approval to the
-ideals of the young king, but we cannot see his empire fall without
-bitterly blaming him for the disaster. Yet in passing judgment,
-in calling the boy to account for the loss of Syria, there is the
-consciousness that above our tribunal sits a judge to whom war
-must assuredly be abhorrent, and in whose eyes the struggle of
-the nations must utterly lack its drama. Thus, even now, Akhnaton
-eludes our criticism, and but raises once more that eternal
-question which as yet has no answer.
-
-
- 7. AKHNATON’S HEALTH GIVES WAY.
-
-It is possible that the Pharaoh now realised his position, and one
-may suppose that he tried as best he could to pacify the turbulent
-princes by all the arts of diplomacy. It does not seem, however,
-that he yet fully appreciated the catastrophe which was now almost
-inevitable--the complete loss of Syria. He could not bring himself
-to believe that the princes of that country would play him false;
-and he could have had no idea that he was being so entirely fooled
-by such men as Aziru. But when at last the tribute ceased to come
-in regularly, then, too late, he knew that disaster was upon him.
-
-The thoughts which now must have held sway in his mind could not
-have failed to carry him down the dark steps of depression to the
-very pit of despair, and one may picture him daily cast prone upon
-the floor before the high altar of the Aton, and nightly tossing
-sleepless upon his royal bed. It seems that he had placed great
-reliance upon a certain official, named Bikhuru, who was acting as
-Egyptian commissioner in Palestine; but now it is probable that he
-received news of that unfortunate personage’s flight, and later of
-his murder.[78] Then came the report that Byblos had fallen, and
-one is led to suppose that that truly noble soldier Ribaddi did
-not survive the fall of the city which he had so tenaciously held.
-The news of the surrender of other important Egyptian strongholds
-followed rapidly, and still there came the pathetic appeal for help
-from the minor posts which yet held out.
-
-Akhnaton was now about twenty-eight years of age, and already the
-cares of the whole world seemed to rest upon his shoulders. Lean
-and lank was his body; his face was thin and lined with worry; and
-in his eye one might, perhaps, have seen that hunted look which
-comes to those who are dogged by disaster. It is probable that he
-now suffered acutely from the distressing malady to which he was a
-victim, and there must have been times when he felt himself upon
-the verge of madness. His misshapen skull came nigh to bursting
-with the full thoughts of his aching brain, and the sad knowledge
-that he had failed must have pressed upon his mind like some
-unrelenting finger. The invocations to the Aton which rang in his
-head made confusion with the cry of Syria. Now he listened to
-the voices of his choirs lauding the sweetness of life; and now,
-breaking in upon the chant, did he not hear the solemn voices of
-his fathers calling to him from the Hills of the West to give
-account of his stewardship? Could he then find solace in trees and
-in flowers? Could he cry “Peace” when there was red tumult in his
-brain?
-
-His moods at this time must have given cause for the greatest
-alarm, and his behaviour was, no doubt, sufficiently erratic
-to render even those nobles who had so blindly followed him
-mistrustful of their leader. In a frenzy of zeal in the adoration
-of the Aton, Akhnaton now gave orders that the name of all other
-gods should suffer the same fate as that of Amon, and should be
-erased from every inscription throughout the land. This order was
-never fully carried out; but one may still see in the temples
-of Karnak, Medinet Habu, and elsewhere, and upon many lesser
-monuments, the chisel marks which have partially blurred out the
-names of Ptah, Hathor, and other deities, and have obliterated the
-offending word “gods.”
-
-The consternation which this action must have caused was almost
-sufficient to bring about a revolution in the provinces, where
-the old gods were still dearly loved by the people. The erasing
-of the name of Amon had been, after all, a direct war upon a
-certain priesthood, and did not very materially affect any other
-localities than that of Thebes. But the suppression of the numerous
-priesthoods of the many deities who held sway throughout Egypt
-threw into disorder the whole country, and struck at the heart
-not of one but of a hundred cities. Was the kindly old artificer
-Ptah, with his hammer and his chisel, to be tumbled into empty
-space? Was the beautiful, the gracious Hathor--the Venus of the
-Nile--to be thrown down from her celestial seat? Was it possible to
-banish Khnum, the goat-headed potter who lived in the caves of the
-Cataract, from the life of the city of Elephantine; the mysterious
-jackal Wepwat from the hearts of the men of Abydos; or the ancient
-crocodile Sebek from the ships and the fields of Ombos? Every town
-had its local god, and every god its priesthood; and surely the
-Pharaoh was mad who attempted to make war upon these legions of
-heaven. This Aton, whom the king called upon them to worship, was
-so remote, so infinitely above their heads. Aton did not sit with
-them at their hearth-side to watch the kettle boil; Aton did not
-play a sweet-toned flute amongst the reeds of the river; Aton did
-not bring a fairy gift to the new-born babe. Where was the sacred
-tree in whose branches one might hope to see him seated?--where
-was the eddy of the Nile in which he loved to bathe?--and where
-was the rock at whose foot one might place, as a fond offering, a
-bowl of milk? The people loved their old gods, whose simple ways,
-kind hearts, and quick tempers made them understandable to mortal
-minds. But a god who reigned alone in solitary isolation, who, more
-remote even than the Jehovah of the Hebrews, rode not upon the
-clouds nor moved upon the wings of the wind, was hardly a deity to
-whom they could open their hearts. True, the sunrise and the sunset
-were the visible signs of the godhead; but let the reader ask any
-modern Egyptian peasant whether there is aught to stir the pulses
-in these two great phenomena, and he will realise that the glory
-of the skies could not have appealed particularly to the lesser
-subjects of Akhnaton, who, moreover, were not permitted to bow the
-knee to the flaming orb itself. When the Christian religion took
-hold of these peasants, and presented for their acceptance the same
-idea of a remote though loving and considerate God, it was only by
-the elevation of saints and devils, angels and powers of darkness,
-almost to the rank of demigods, that the faith prospered. But
-Akhnaton allowed no such tampering with the primary doctrine, and
-St George and all the saints would have suffered the erasure of
-their very names.
-
-
- 8. AKHNATON’S LAST DAYS AND DEATH.
-
-The troubles which Akhnaton by such actions gathered around
-himself, while disturbing to his adherents, must have given some
-degree of pleasure to those nobles who saw in the king’s downfall
-the only hope of Egypt. Horemheb, the commander-in-chief of the
-inactive armies, could now begin to prepare himself against the
-time when he should lead a force into Syria to restore Egyptian
-prestige. Tutankhaton, betrothed to Akhnaton’s third daughter,
-could dream of the days when he would make himself Pharaoh, and
-carry the court back to glorious Thebes. Even Meryra, the High
-Priest of Aton, seems to have allowed his thoughts to drift away
-from the City of the Horizon wherein the sun of Egypt’s glory
-had set, for it does not seem that he ever made use of the tomb
-there prepared for him. These last stages of Akhnaton’s life must
-thus have been embittered by a doubt of the sincerity of his
-closest friends, and by the knowledge that, in spite of all their
-protestations, he had failed to plant “the truth” in their hearts.
-
-The queen had borne him no son to succeed to the throne, and there
-appeared to be nobody to whom he could impart what he felt to
-be his last instructions. There can be no question that he was
-still greatly loved by those who surrounded his person, but there
-were few who hoped that his religion, so disastrous to Egypt,
-would survive him. In this extremity Akhnaton turned to a certain
-noble, probably not of royal blood, whose name seems to have been
-Smenkhkara, though some have read it Saakara.[79] Nothing is known
-regarding his previous career, but one may suppose that he appeared
-to Akhnaton to be the least unreliable of his followers. To him
-the king imparted his instructions, revealing all that words could
-draw from his teeming brain. The little Princess Merytaton, now
-but twelve years of age, was called from her games, and with pomp
-and ceremony was married to this Smenkhkara, thus making him the
-legitimate heir to the throne, Merytaton being the eldest daughter
-and sole heiress of the Pharaoh.
-
-Feeling that his days were numbered, Akhnaton then associated
-Smenkhkara upon the throne with him as co-ruler, and was thus able
-to familiarise the people with their future lord. In later years,
-after Akhnaton’s death, Smenkhkara was wont to write after his name
-the words “beloved of Akhnaton,” as though to indicate that his
-claim to the throne was due to Akhnaton’s affection for him, as
-well as to the rights derived from his wife.
-
-But what mattered the securing of the succession to the throne when
-that throne had been shaken to its very foundations, and now seemed
-to be upon the verge of utter wreck? Akhnaton could no longer stave
-off the impending crash, and from all sides there gathered the
-forces which were to overwhelm him. His government was chaotic. The
-plotting and scheming of the priests of Amon showed signs of coming
-to a successful issue. The anger of the priesthoods of the other
-gods of Egypt hung over the palace like some menacing storm-cloud.
-The soldiers, eager to march upon Syria as in the days of the great
-Thothmes III., chafed at their enforced idleness, and watched with
-increasing restlessness the wreck of the empire.
-
-Now through the streets of the city there passed the weary
-messengers of Asia hurrying to the palace, no longer bearing the
-appeals of kings and generals for support, but announcing the fall
-of the last cities of Syria and the slaughter of the last left of
-their rulers. The scattered remnants of the garrisons staggered
-back to the Nile at the heels of these messengers, pursued to
-the very frontiers of Egypt by the triumphant Asiatics. From the
-north the Hittites poured into Syria; from the south the Khabiri
-swarmed over the land. As the curtain is rung down on the turbulent
-scene, one catches a glimpse of the wily Aziru, his hands still
-stained with the blood of Ribaddi and of many another loyal prince,
-snatching at this city and trampling on that. At last he has cast
-aside his mask, and with the tribute which had been promised to
-Egypt he now, no doubt, placates the ascending Hittites, whose
-suzerainty alone he admits.
-
-The tribute having ceased, the Egyptian treasury soon stood empty,
-for the government of the country was too confused to permit of the
-proper gathering of the taxes, and the working of the gold-mines
-could not be organised. Much had been expended on the building of
-the City of the Horizon, and now the king knew not where to turn
-for money. In the space of a few years Egypt had been reduced from
-a world power to the position of a petty state, from the richest
-country known to man to the humiliating condition of a bankrupt
-kingdom.
-
-Surely one may picture Akhnaton now in his last hours, his jaw
-fallen, his sunken eyes widely staring, as the full realisation of
-the utter failure of all his hopes came to him. He had sacrificed
-Syria to his principles; but the sacrifice was of no avail, since
-his doctrines had not taken root even in Egypt. He knew now that
-the religion of the Aton would not outlive him, that the knowledge
-of the love of God was not yet to be made known to the world. Even
-at this moment the psalms of the Aton were beating upon his ears,
-the hymns to the God who had forsaken him were drifting into his
-palace with the scent of the flowers; and the birds which he loved
-were singing as merrily in the luxuriant gardens as ever they sang
-when they had inspired a line in the king’s great poem. But upon
-him now there had fallen the blackness of despair, and already the
-darkness of coming death was closing around him. The misery of
-failure must have ground him down as beneath the very mountains of
-the west themselves, and the weight of the knowledge of all that he
-had lost could not be borne by his enfeebled frame.
-
-History tells us only that, simultaneously with the fall of his
-empire, Akhnaton died; and the doctors who have examined his body
-report that death may well have been due to some form of stroke or
-fit. But in the imagination there seems to ring across the years a
-cry of complete despair, and one can picture the emaciated figure
-of this “beautiful child of the Aton” fall forward upon the painted
-palace-floor and lie still amidst the red poppies and the dainty
-butterflies there depicted.
-
-
-
-
- VIII.
-
- THE FALL OF THE RELIGION OF AKHNATON.
-
- “Thus disappeared the most remarkable figure in early Oriental
- history.... There died with him such a spirit as the world had
- never seen before.”--BREASTED: ‘History of Egypt.’
-
-
- 1. THE BURIAL OF AKHNATON.
-
-The body of Akhnaton was embalmed in the city which he had founded;
-and while these mortal parts of the great idealist were undergoing
-the lengthy process of mummification, the new Pharaoh Smenkhkara
-made a feeble attempt to retain the spirit of his predecessor in
-the new _régime_. Practically nothing is known of his brief reign,
-but it is apparent from subsequent events that he entirely failed
-to carry on the work of Akhnaton, and the period of his sovereignty
-is marked by a general tendency to abandon the religion of the
-Aton. Smenkhkara had dated the first year of his reign from the
-day of his accession as co-ruler with Akhnaton, and thus it is
-that there are no inscriptions found which record his first year,
-although there are many references to his second year. The main
-event must have occurred some three months after the commencement
-of his sole reign, when the body of Akhnaton was carried in solemn
-state through the streets of the city and across the desert to the
-tomb which had been made for him in the distant cliffs.
-
-[Illustration: _Death Mask of Akhnaton._]
-
-The mummy had been wrapped, as was usual, in endless strips of
-linen; and amongst these there was placed upon the royal breast a
-necklace of gold, and over the face an ornament cut in flat gold
-foil representing a vulture with wings outstretched--a Pharaonic
-symbol of divine protection. In many burials of this dynasty a
-vulture such as this was placed upon the mummy; and representations
-of an exactly similar ornament are shown in the tombs of Sennefer
-and others at Thebes. It is somewhat surprising that the body
-of Akhnaton, who was so averse to all old customs, should thus
-have this royal talisman upon it; and it would seem that some of
-the strict rules of the Aton worshipper had already been relaxed
-by his successor. Akhnaton had retained but three of the ancient
-divine symbols, so far as one can tell from the reliefs and
-paintings--namely, the uræus or cobra, the sphinx, and the hawk,
-which were often used as ornaments. But one may ask whether the
-vulture had really been dispensed with by him. It is true that
-he banned the vulture-hieroglyph in the inscriptions, as we have
-already seen on the outer coffin of Queen Tiy;[80] but his reason
-for so doing was that by such a hieroglyph the name of the goddess
-Mut was called to mind, and that goddess, being the consort of
-Amon, was not to be tolerated. The vulture which was laid upon
-the mummy, however, had nothing to do with Mut, nor had it any
-likeness to the hieroglyph. It was originally a representation of
-the presiding genius of Upper Egypt, and corresponded to the uræus,
-which primarily represented the power of Lower Egypt. It is true,
-again, that it was the custom for the Pharaohs to be shown in the
-sculptures and paintings with this vulture hovering in protection
-over their heads, and that Akhnaton seems to have dispensed with
-such a symbol. But this was perhaps due to the fact that the disk
-and rays, symbolic of Aton, had taken its place above the royal
-figure. There is no reason, after all, to suppose that this form
-of vulture was absolutely banned, since the uræus and the hawk
-were retained;[81] and though, as will presently be seen, it will
-be natural to think that it was placed on Akhnaton’s mummy at his
-successor’s suggestion, there is nothing to show that Akhnaton
-himself did not desire it to be laid there.
-
-Over the linen bandages on the body there were placed ribbons of
-gold foil encircling the mummy--probably around the shoulders, the
-middle, and the knees,--joined to other ribbons running the length
-of the body at the back and front. These ribbons were inscribed
-with Akhnaton’s name and titles, and thus recorded for all time the
-identity of the mummy to which they adhered. Money being somehow
-found, the body was wrapped in sheets of pure gold, sufficiently
-thin to be flexible, and was placed in a splendid coffin, designed
-in the usual form of a recumbent figure, and inlaid in a dazzling
-manner with rare stones and coloured glass. Down the front of this
-coffin ran a simple inscription, the hieroglyphs of which were
-also inlaid. It read: “The beautiful prince, The Chosen One of
-Ra, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, living in Truth, Lord of
-the Two Lands, Akhnaton, the beautiful child of the living Aton,
-whose name shall live for ever and ever.”[82] There is one curious
-feature about this inscription. When Akhnaton made the outer coffin
-for his mother, in or about the twelfth year of his reign, he was
-particularly careful not to use the hieroglyph representing the
-goddess Maat when writing the word _maat_, “truth.” But this sign
-is employed now upon his own coffin; and one can only presume,
-therefore, that the coffin was made after Akhnaton’s death, and
-that the new Pharaoh Smenkhkara had not the same objection to the
-representation of the goddess as had his predecessor. We may now
-better understand the presence of the vulture symbol also; for
-it is obvious that before Akhnaton’s funeral had taken place his
-strict _régime_ had been relaxed.
-
-The royal mummy was now carried to its tomb and there deposited,
-together with such funeral furniture and offerings as were
-considered necessary. The four alabaster canopic jars, always
-conspicuous in an Egyptian burial, were here not wanting. The
-stopper of each jar was exquisitely carved to represent the head
-of Akhnaton, wearing the usual male wig of the period, and having
-the royal cobra upon the forehead. From these heads one sees that
-the art of Akhnaton was modified immediately after his death, and
-its more pronounced characteristics were already being toned down.
-This slackening in the rules which Akhnaton had made shows us how
-entirely dependent the movement had been upon its leader; and we
-realise the more clearly how strong a character was his. Ere even
-the king’s burial had taken place the death of his religion was
-assured.
-
-
- 2. THE COURT RETURNS TO THEBES.
-
-Smenkhkara died, or was deposed, about a year after Akhnaton’s
-death. He was succeeded by another noble, Tutankhaton,[83] who, in
-order to legitimise his accession, obtained in marriage Akhnaton’s
-second daughter Ankhsenpaaton, a girl barely twelve years old. Thus
-Smenkhkara’s wife, Merytaton, became a dowager-queen at the age
-of thirteen or so, and her little sister took her place upon the
-throne.
-
-By this time the priests of Amon had begun to hold up their heads
-once more, and to scheme for the downfall of Aton with renewed
-energy. Pressure was soon brought to bear on Tutankhaton, and he
-had not been upon the throne more than a year or so when he was
-persuaded to consider the abandonment of the City of the Horizon
-and his return to Thebes. He did not yet turn entirely from the
-religion of the Aton, but attempted to take a middle course between
-the two factions, giving full licence both to the worshippers of
-the Aton and to those of Amon. Horemheb, the commander-in-chief
-of the idle army, seems to have been one of the leaders of the
-reactionary movement. He did not concern himself so much with the
-religious aspect of the question: there was as much to be said on
-the one side as on the other. But it was he who knocked at the
-doors of the heart of Egypt and urged the nation to awake to the
-danger in Asia. For him there were no scruples as to warfare, and
-the doctrine of the sword found favour in his sight. An expedition
-was fitted out, and the reigning Pharaoh was persuaded to lead it.
-Thus we read that Horemheb was “the companion of his Lord upon
-the battlefield on that day of the slaying of the Asiatics.”[84]
-Akhnaton had dreamed of the universal peace which still is a
-far-off wraith to mankind; but Horemheb was a practical man in
-whom that dream would have been but weakness which was such mighty
-strength in the dead king.
-
-The new Pharaoh now changed his name from Tutankhaton to
-Tutankhamon, and, to the sound of martial music, returned to
-Thebes. The City of the Horizon was left to its fate, and it was
-not long before the palaces and the villas became the home of the
-jackals and the owls, while the temples were partly pulled down to
-provide stone for other works. However much the reigning Pharaoh
-differed in views from Akhnaton, it would not have been possible
-to leave the royal body lying in sight of this wreck of all the
-hopes that had been his. Akhnaton, moreover, was Tutankhamon’s
-father-in-law, and it was only through the rights of Akhnaton’s
-daughter that the Pharaoh held the throne. His memory was still
-regarded with reverence by many of his late followers, and there
-could be no question of leaving his body in the deserted city. It
-was therefore carried to Thebes in its coffin, together with the
-four canopic jars, and was placed, for want of a proper sepulchre,
-in the tomb of Queen Tiy, which had been reopened for the purpose.
-
-Tutankhamon showed the trend of his policy by both restoring the
-temple of the Aton at Karnak and at the same time repairing the
-damage done by Akhnaton to the works of Amon. The style of art
-which he favoured was a modified form of Akhnaton’s method, and the
-influence of his movement is still apparent in the new king’s work.
-He did not reign long enough, however, to display much originality,
-and after a few years he disappears, almost unnoticed, from the
-stage. On his death the question of inviting Horemheb to fill the
-vacant throne must have been seriously considered, but there was
-another candidate in the field. This was Akhnaton’s father-in-law,
-Ay, who had been one of the most important nobles in the group of
-courtiers at the City of the Horizon. It was he who had sheltered
-Queen Nefertiti before she had passed into Akhnaton’s palace, and
-it was in his tomb that the great hymn to the Aton was inscribed.
-He had been loudest in the praises of the preacher king and of his
-doctrines, and he still retained the title “Father-in-law” as his
-most cherished designation.
-
-Religious feeling at this time was running high, for the partisans
-of Amon and those of Aton seem still to have been struggling
-for the supremacy, and Ay appeared to have been regarded as the
-most likely man to bridge the gulf between the two factions. A
-favourite of Akhnaton, and still tolerant of all that was connected
-with the late movement, he was not averse to the cult of Amon,
-and by conciliating both parties he managed to obtain the throne
-for himself. His power, however, did not last for long, and as
-the priests of Amon regained the confidence of the nation at the
-expense of the worshippers of the Aton, so the prestige of Ay
-declined. His past relationship to Akhnaton, which even as king
-be carefully recorded within his cartouche, now told against him
-rather than for him, and about eight years after the death of
-Akhnaton he disappeared like his predecessors.
-
-
- 3. THE REIGN OF HOREMHEB.
-
-There was now no question who should succeed. All eyes were turned
-to Horemheb, who had already almost as much power as the Pharaoh.
-The commander-in-chief at once ascended the throne, and was
-received by the populace with the utmost rejoicings. At this time
-there was living at Thebes the Princess Nezemmut, the sister of
-Akhnaton’s Queen Nefertiti, and hence the daughter of Dushratta,
-King of Mitanni. Owing to previous inter-marriages between the
-royal house of Egypt and that of Mitanni, both Nefertiti and
-Nezemmut were descendants of Pharaohs of the Eighteenth Dynasty.
-Nezemmut had come to Egypt early in the reign of Akhnaton, and
-later had perhaps married some Egyptian nobleman; but she was now
-a widow, and had recently been appointed to the post of “Divine
-Consort,”--that is to say, High Priestess--of Amon. As she was
-probably the younger sister of Nefertiti, she may have been about
-six years of age when Nefertiti was married to Akhnaton at the
-age of eight. Hence she would have been about twenty-three at his
-death, and would now be just over thirty.
-
-To this princess, as representing both the rights of the old line
-of Pharaohs and those of the god Amon, without the now condemning
-close relationship to Akhnaton which characterised the other
-existing royal princesses, Horemheb was at once married. The
-religion of the Aton was now fast disappearing. In a tomb dating
-from the third year of Horemheb’s reign, the words “Ra whose
-body is Aton” occur; but this is the last mention of the Aton,
-and henceforth Amon-Ra is unquestionably supreme. A certain
-Pa-atonemheb, who had been one of Akhnaton’s favourites, was at
-about this time appointed High Priest of Ra-Horakhti at Heliopolis,
-and thus the last traces of the religion of the Aton were merged
-into the Heliopolitan theology, from which that religion at the
-beginning had emanated.
-
-[Illustration: _The Temple at Luxor._]
-
-The neglected shrines of the old gods once more echoed with
-the chants of the priests throughout the whole land of Egypt.
-Inscriptions tell us that Horemheb “restored the temples from
-the pools of the Delta marshes to Nubia. He fashioned a hundred
-images ... with all splendid and costly stones. He established for
-them daily offerings every day. All the vessels of their temples
-were wrought of silver and gold. He equipped them with priests
-and with ritual priests, and with the choicest of the army. He
-transferred to them lands and cattle, supplied with all necessary
-equipment.” By these gifts to the neglected gods Horemheb was
-striving to bring Egypt back to its natural condition; and with a
-strong hand he was guiding the country from chaos to order, from
-fantastic Utopia to the solid old Egypt of the past. He was, in
-fact, the preacher of sanity, the very apostle of the Normal.
-
-He led his armies into the Sudan, and returned with a procession
-of captive chieftains roped before him. He had none of Akhnaton’s
-qualms regarding human suffering, and these unfortunate prisoners
-are seen to have their arms bound in the most cruel manner. Finding
-the country to be lawless he drafted a number of stern laws, and
-with sound justice administered his kingdom. Knowing that Syria
-could not long remain quiet, he organised the Egyptian troops,
-and so prepared them that, but a few years after his death, the
-soldiers of the reigning Pharaoh were swarming once more over the
-lands which Akhnaton had lost.
-
-
- 4. THE PERSECUTION OF AKHNATON’S MEMORY.
-
-The priests of Amon-Ra had now begun openly to denounce Akhnaton as
-a villain and a heretic, and as they restored the name of their god
-where it had been erased, so they hammered out the name and figure
-of Akhnaton wherever they saw it. Presently they pulled down the
-Aton temple at Karnak, and used the blocks of stone in the building
-of a pylon for Amon-Ra. Soon it was felt that Akhnaton’s body
-could no longer lie in state, together with that of Queen Tiy, in
-the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings. The sepulchre was therefore
-opened once more and the name “Akhnaton” was everywhere erased from
-the inscriptions, as was his figure from the scenes upon the shrine
-of Queen Tiy. The mummy was lifted from its coffin and the royal
-name was cut out of the gold ribbons which passed round it, both
-at the back and the front. It was then replaced in the coffin, and
-from this the name was also erased.
-
-The question may be asked why it was that the body was not torn to
-pieces and scattered to the four winds, since the king was now
-so fiercely hated. The Egyptians, however, entertained a peculiar
-reverence for the bodies of their dead, and it would have been a
-sacrilege to destroy the mummy even of this heretic. No thought
-could be entertained of breaking up the body upon which the divine
-touch of kingship had fallen: that would have been against all the
-sentiments which we know the Egyptians to have held. The cutting
-out of the name of the mummy was sufficient punishment: for thereby
-the soul of the king was debarred from all the benefits of the
-earthly prayers of his descendants, and became a nameless outcast,
-wandering unrecognised and unpitied through the vast underworld.
-It was the name “Akhnaton” which was hated so fiercely; and one
-may perhaps suppose that the priests would have been willing to
-substitute the king’s earlier name, Amonhotep, upon the mummy had
-they been pressed to do so. His name and figure as Amonhotep IV. is
-not damaged upon the monuments; but only the representations of him
-after the adoption of the name Akhnaton have been attacked.
-
-The tomb, polluted by the presence of the heretic, was no longer
-fit for Tiy to rest in; and the body of the queen was therefore
-carried elsewhere, perhaps to the sepulchre of her husband
-Amonhotep III. The shrine, or outer coffin, in which her mummy had
-lain was pulled to pieces, and an attempt was made to carry it out
-of the tomb to its owner’s new resting-place, but this arduous
-task was presently abandoned, and one portion of the shrine was
-left in the passage, while the rest remained in sections in the
-burial-chamber. Some of the queen’s toilet utensils which had been
-buried with her were also left, probably by mistake. The body of
-Akhnaton, his name taken from him, was now the sole occupant of
-the tomb. The coffin in which it lay rested upon a four-legged
-bier some two feet or so from the ground, and in a niche in the
-wall above it stood the four canopic jars. And thus, with a curse,
-the priests left their great enemy. The entrance of the tomb was
-blocked with stones, and sealed with the seal of the necropolis;
-and all traces of its mouth were hidden by rocks and _débris_.
-
-The priests would not now permit the name of Akhnaton to pass
-a man’s lips, and by the end of the reign of Horemheb, the
-unfortunate boy was spoken of in official documents as “that
-criminal.” Not forty years had passed since Akhnaton’s death, yet
-the priesthood of Amon was as powerful as it had ever been at any
-period of its existence. There were still living men who had been
-old enough at the time of the Aton power to grasp its doctrines;
-and those same eyes which had looked upon the fair City of the
-Horizon might now disturb the creatures of the desert in the ruined
-courts where the grave boy-Pharaoh had presided so lately. These
-men joined their voices to that crowd of priests who, not daring
-to allow the word Akhnaton to form itself upon their lips, poured
-curses upon the excommunicated and nameless “criminal.” Through
-starry space their execrations passed, searching out the wretched
-ghost of the boy, and banning him, as they supposed, even in the
-dim uncertainties of the Lands of Death. Over the hills of the
-west, up the stairs of the moon, and down into the caverns under
-the world, the poor twittering shadow was hunted and chased by the
-relentless magic of the men whom he had tried to reform. There
-was no place for his memory upon earth, and in the under-world
-the priests denied him a stone upon which to lay his head. It
-is not easy now to realise the full meaning to the Egyptians
-of the excommunication of a soul: cut off from the comforts of
-human prayers; hungry, forlorn, and wholly desolate; forced at
-last to whine upon the outskirts of villages, to snivel upon the
-dung-heaps, to rake with shadowy fingers amidst the refuse of mean
-streets for fragments of decayed food with which to allay the pangs
-of hunger caused by the absence of funeral-offerings. To such a
-pitiful fate the priests of Amon consigned “the first individual in
-history”; and as an outcast amongst outcasts, a whimpering shadow
-in a place of shadows, the men of Thebes bade us leave the great
-idealist, doomed to the horrors of a life which will not end, to
-the misery of a death that brings no oblivion.
-
-
- 5. THE FINDING OF THE BODY OF AKHNATON.
-
-Thus, sheathed in gold, the nameless body lay, while the fortunes
-of Egypt rose and fell and the centuries slid by. A greater
-teacher than Akhnaton arose and preached that peace which the
-Pharaoh had foreshadowed, and soon all Egypt rang with the new
-gospel. Then came the religion of Muhammed, and the days of the
-sword returned. So the years passed, and many a wise man lived his
-life and disappeared; but the first of the wise men of history lay
-undiscovered in the heart of the Theban hills.
-
-Now it happened that there was a fissure in the rocks in which the
-sepulchre was cut, and during the rains of each season a certain
-amount of moisture managed to penetrate into the chamber. This
-gradually rotted the legs of the bier upon which Akhnaton’s body
-lay, and at last there came a time when the two legs at the head
-of the coffin gave way and precipitated the royal body on to the
-ground. The bandages around the mummy had already fallen almost to
-powder, and this jerk sent the golden vulture which was resting
-upon the king’s face on to his forehead, where it lay with the tail
-and claws resting over the left eye-socket of the skull. Presently
-the two remaining legs of the bier collapsed, and the whole
-coffin fell to the ground, the lid being partly jerked off, thus
-revealing the king’s head at one end and his feet at the other,
-from all of which the flesh had rotted away.
-
-In January 1907 the excavations in the Valley of the Tombs of the
-Kings which were being conducted by Mr Theodore Davis, of Newport,
-Rhode Island, U.S.A., on behalf of the Egyptian Government, brought
-to light the doorway of the tomb, and it was not long before an
-entrance was effected. A rough stairway led down into the hillside,
-bringing the excavators[85] to the mouth of the passage, which was
-entirely blocked by the wall which the priests had built after they
-had entered the tomb to erase Akhnaton’s name. Beyond this wall
-the passage was found to be nearly choked with the _débris_ of the
-three earlier walls, the first of which had been built after Queen
-Tiy had been buried here, the second after Akhnaton’s agents had
-entered the tomb to erase the name of Amon, and the third after
-Akhnaton’s body had been laid beside that of his mother. On top
-of this heap of stones lay the side of the funeral shrine of the
-queen which the priests had abandoned after attempting to carry it
-out with her mummy. In the burial-chamber beyond, the remaining
-portions of this shrine were found. Upon these one saw the figures
-of Akhnaton and his mother worshipping beneath the rays of the
-Aton. The inscriptions showed the erasure of the name of Amonhotep
-III., and the substitution in red ink of that king’s second name,
-Nebmaara; and one observed that at a later date the name and
-figures of Akhnaton had been hammered out.
-
-At one side lay the coffin of Akhnaton, as it had fallen from the
-bier. The name of Akhnaton upon the coffin had been erased, but
-was still readable; and the gold ribbons from which his name had
-been cut out still encircled the body, back and front. The golden
-vulture lay as has been described above, and the necklace still
-rested on the breast, while the whole decaying body was found to be
-wrapped in sheets of gold. In a recess above this coffin stood the
-canopic jars, and in another part of the tomb Queen Tiy’s toilet
-utensils were found, from one of which the name of Amonhotep III.
-had been erased.
-
-The bones, when examined by Dr Elliot Smith, F.R.S., were found
-to be those of a young man of not more than about twenty-eight
-years of age,--that is to say, the age at which Akhnaton has been
-shown in the above pages to have died. The skull was pronounced
-to be that of a man who suffered from epileptic fits, and who
-was probably subject to hallucinations. Curiously enough, the
-idiosyncrasies of this misshapen skull are precisely those which
-Lombroso has stated to be so usual in a religious reformer. The
-face had crumbled away, but the lower jaw was intact; and when this
-was placed in position one could see at once the great resemblance
-to the well-known portraits of Akhnaton which had survived the
-wreck of his city.
-
-There could thus be no doubt that the mummy of this wonderful
-Pharaoh had at last been found; but since Akhnaton had always been
-thought, though without particular reason, to have been a much
-older man, the identity was questioned. It was suggested that the
-body was perhaps that of Smenkhkara, the successor of Akhnaton,
-which by some error had managed to be placed in Akhnaton’s coffin.
-But how, then, did the gold ribbons inscribed with Akhnaton’s
-name manage to be placed around the body? And apart from the
-extreme improbability that the mummy which was thus labelled with
-Akhnaton’s name, and which lay in his coffin, should be that of any
-other king but Akhnaton, one may ask in this case how it is that
-the body has the well-known physical characteristics of the great
-heretic if it be that of Smenkhkara, who was not related to the
-king?
-
-It has been stated that the presence of the vulture upon the body
-is against the identification with Akhnaton. This has already been
-shown to be capable of explanation; but it may here be noted that
-if Smenkhkara would not have placed the vulture upon Akhnaton’s
-body, then by the same token the mummy is not likely to be that of
-Smenkhkara, and there is certainly no other prince of this period
-with whom to identify the body. In conclusion, it may be added
-that of all the royal mummies now known there is not one which
-can be so clearly shown to belong to the Pharaoh with whom it has
-been identified as this mummy can be shown to belong to Akhnaton.
-The body was lying in a coffin inscribed with Akhnaton’s name; it
-was bound round with ribbons inscribed with his name; it had the
-physical characteristics of the portraits of Akhnaton; it had the
-idiosyncrasies of a religious reformer such as he was; it was that
-of a man of Akhnaton’s age as deduced from the monuments; it lay
-in the tomb of Akhnaton’s mother; those who had erased the names
-must have thought it to be Akhnaton’s body, unless one supposes an
-utter chaos of cross-purposes in their actions; and finally, there
-is nobody else who, with any degree of probability, it could be.
-
-Thus one may say that, without the vaguest shadow of a doubt, the
-body of this the most remarkable figure of early Oriental history
-has been brought to light; and with this assurance we may close
-this sketch of his life, which has been written partly for the
-purpose of thus explaining the significance of Mr Davis’s great
-discovery, and partly to introduce the general reader to one of
-the most interesting characters ever known. In this brief outline
-it has only been possible to touch upon the main characteristics
-which the few remaining inscriptions and monuments seem to reveal;
-but to the most casual reader it will be apparent that there
-stands before him a personality of surprising vigour and amazing
-originality, and one deserving of careful study. In an age of
-superstition, and in a land where the grossest polytheism reigned
-absolutely supreme, Akhnaton evolved a monotheistic religion
-second only to Christianity itself in purity of tone. He was the
-first human being to understand rightly the meaning of divinity.
-When the world reverberated with the noise of war, he preached
-the first known doctrine of peace; when the glory of martial pomp
-swelled the hearts of his subjects, he deliberately turned his back
-upon heroics. He was the first man to preach simplicity, honesty,
-frankness, and sincerity; and he preached it from a throne. He was
-the first Pharaoh to be a humanitarian; the first man in whose
-heart there was no trace of barbarism. He has given us an example
-three thousand years ago which might be followed at the present
-day: an example of what a husband and a father should be, of what
-an honest man should do, of what a poet should feel, of what a
-preacher should teach, of what an artist should strive for, of what
-a scientist should believe, of what a philosopher should think.
-Like other great teachers he sacrificed all to his principles, and
-thus his life plainly shows--alas!--the impracticability of his
-doctrines; yet there can be no question that his ideals will hold
-good “till the swan turns black and the crow turns white, till the
-hills rise up to travel, and the deeps rush into the rivers.”
-
-[Illustration: MAP OF AKHETATON, THE CITY OF THE HORIZON OF ATON.
-(TEL EL AMARNA)
-
- SURVEY DEP. CAIRO 1909 (151) _FROM THE CAIRO SCIENTIFIC JOURNAL._
-
-NOTE: Of the Boundary Stelae only those lettered A, B, F, J, K, M,
-N, P, Q, R, S, U, V and X, still remain. The position of these is
-shown upon the Map.]
-
-
-
-
-INDEX.
-
-
- Aahmes I., 7
-
- Abdkhiba, governor of Jerusalem, appeal of, to Akhnaton for help,
- 236
-
- Adonis, connection of, with Aton, 15, 37, 49, 136 _et seq._
-
- Akhnaton, personality of, 2
- --ancestors of, 7 _et seq._
- --birth of, 42 _et seq._
- --change of name from Amonhotep to, 45 note, 91 _et seq._
- --marriage of, 53
- --accession of, 58 _et seq._
- --first years of the reign of, 62 _et seq._
- --new city founded by, 88 _et seq._
- --site of the city selected by, 92 _et seq._
- --foundation ceremonies performed by, 94 _et seq._
- --departure of, from Thebes, 105 _et seq._
- --age of, 110 _et seq._
- --religion of Aton formulated by, 115 _et seq._
- --tenth to twelfth years of the reign of, 149 _et seq._
- --similarity of the hymn of, to Psalm civ., 155 _et seq._
- --representations of, in his palace, 167 _et seq._
- --historical events of tenth to twelfth years of the reign of,
- 169 _et seq._
- --thirteenth to fifteenth years of the reign of, 189 _et seq._
- --name of Amon obliterated by, 193 _et seq._
- --affection of, for his family, 208 _et seq._
- --friends of, 213 _et seq._
- --troubles of, 217 _et seq._
- --last two years of the reign of, 223 _et seq._
- --conscientious objections of, to warfare, 226 _et seq._
- --health of, gives way, 246 _et seq._
- --last days and death of, 252
- --fall of the religion of, 258 _et seq._
- --burial of, 258
- --body of, brought to Thebes, 266
- --persecution of the memory of, 272 _et seq._
- --finding of the body of, 276 _et seq._
- --ideals of, 283
-
- Amon or Amon-Ra, worship of, 12
- --priesthood of, 20, 45 _et seq._, 77
- --break with the priesthood of, 88 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton obliterates the name of, 193 _et seq._
- --restoration of the worship of, 272 _et seq._
-
- Amonhotep I., 7
-
- Amonhotep II., 10
-
- Amonhotep III., “the Magnificent,” 11, 13, 28, 33 _et seq._, 49, 54
- --death of, 57, 111
- --second name of, 186, 187, 195
-
- Amonhotep IV.: see Akhnaton
-
- Amonhotep-son-of-Hapu, the “wise man,” 33
-
- Animal worship, 18 _et seq._
-
- Ankhsenpaaton, third daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 109
- --marriage of, 112, 264
-
- Apis, the sacred bull, worship of, 16, 87
-
- Apiy, letter to Akhnaton from, 85
-
- Art, the new style of, 68 _et seq._, 101
-
- Aswan, commemoration tablet at, 107
- --statue of Amonhotep III. at, _ib._
-
- Aton, the name, 37, 92 and note
- --rise of, 45 _et seq._
- --development of the religion of, 76 _et seq._
- --nature of the religion of, 84 _et seq._
- --founding of new city for the worship of, 88 _et seq._
- --religion of, formulated, 115 _et seq._
- --connections of the worship of, with older religions,
- 135 _et seq._
- --hymns of the worshippers of, 149 _et seq._
- --Meryra made high priest of, 158 _et seq._
- --development of the religion of, 189 _et seq._
- --great temple of, 198 _et seq._
- --City of the Horizon of, 202 _et seq._
- --downfall of the religion of, 264 _et seq._
-
- Auta, Queen Tiy’s chief sculptor, 75, 207
-
- Ay, foster-parent of Queen Nefertiti, 57, 109
- --palace of, 204
- --accession of, to the throne, 268
- --death of, _ib._
-
- Aziru, the Amorite prince, unscrupulous dealings of, 226,
- 230 _et seq._
-
-
- Baketaton, sister of Akhnaton, 178, 212
-
- Bek, art taught to, by Akhnaton, 76
- --sculptures of, at Aswan, 107, 196
-
-
- Canopic jars, the, in Akhnaton’s tomb, 263, 279
-
- Child-marriages, frequency of, in Egypt, 112
-
- Christianity, comparison of Akhnaton’s faith with, 143 _et seq._
-
- “City of the Brightness of Aton,” new name of, given to Thebes, 65
-
- City of the Horizon of Aton, founding of, 90 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton’s residence at, 107
- --gardens of, 127
- --inscriptions on the sepulchres at, 149 _et seq._
- --Queen Tiy’s visit to, 176 _et seq._
- --Queen Tiy’s residence and death at, 184 _et seq._
- --shrines and temples in, 196 _et seq._
- --beauty of, 202 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton’s tomb near, 207 _et seq._
- --abandonment of, by the court, 264
- --removal of Akhnaton’s body from, 266
- --desolate condition of, 275
-
-
- Delta, “House” of Aton in the, 191
-
- Demigods and Spirits, worship of, 18 _et seq._
-
- Domestic life of Akhnaton, reliefs and paintings on tombs showing
- the, 167 _et seq._
-
- Dushratta, King of Mitanni, marriage of Nefertiti, daughter of, to
- Prince Amonhotep (Akhnaton), 56
- --marriage of Nezemmut, daughter of, to Horemheb, 269
-
-
- “Effulgence which comes from Aton,” name of Aton changed to, 192
-
-
- Fayum, “House” of Aton in the, 191
-
-
- Gebel Silsileh, tablets at the quarries of, 63
- --the name Amonhotep erased at, 195
-
- Gods of Egypt, the, 11 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton orders the erasure of the names of, in inscriptions, 249
-
- Goodness of Aton, the, 127 _et seq._
-
-
- Hathor, worship of, 16
-
- Hatshepsut, Queen, 8
-
- Heliopolis, temple of Aton at, 191
-
- Hermonthis, temple of Aton at, 191
-
- Hermopolis, temple of Aton at, 191
-
- Hittite invasion of Syria, the, 223 _et seq._
-
- Horakhti Aton, erection of temple at Karnak to, 63, 68, 89
- --restoration of the temple to, 267
- --destruction of the temple to, 272
-
- Horemheb, tomb of, 67 and note, 84, 86, 265 note
- --presence of, with the troops in Asia, 265
- --accession of, to the throne, 268
- --marriage of, 269
- --reign of, 270 _et seq._
-
- Horus, the hawk god, worship of, 15, 16
-
- Huya, scenes sculptured on the tomb of, 170 _et seq._, 177, 207
-
-
- Isis, worship of, 15
-
-
- Karnak, temple to Horakhti Aton at, 63 _et seq._, 68, 89
- --temples and shrines at, 63, 84
- --restoration of the Aton temple at, 267
- --destruction of the Aton temple at, 272
-
- Khnum, the ram-headed deity, worship of, 16
-
- Khonsu, the god of the moon, worship of, 13
-
- Kirgipa or Gilukhipa, wife of Amonhotep III., 39, 51, 55
-
-
- “Lord of the Breath of Sweetness,” Akhnaton’s name of, 61
-
-
- Mahu, scenes on the tomb of, 215 _et seq._
-
- Meketaton, second daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 101
- --death of, 219
-
- Memphis, temple of Aton at, 191
-
- Meryra, appointment of, as high priest of Aton, 158 _et seq._
- --scenes sculptured on the tomb of, 159 _et seq._, 203
-
- Merytaton, first daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 83
- --marriage of, 112, 211, 254
-
- Min or Min-Ra, worship of, 12, 27
-
- Mnevis, the sacred bull, worship of, 135
-
- Mut, the consort of Amon, worship of, 13, 187, 260
-
- Mutemua, wife of Thothmes IV., 23 _et seq._, 28
-
-
- Nebmaara, second name of Amonhotep III., 186, 187, 195, 279
-
- Nefernefernaton fourth daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 112, 169
- --marriage of, 112, 211
-
- Neferneferura, fifth daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 208
-
- Nefertiti (Tadukhipa), marriage of Prince Amonhotep (Akhnaton) to,
- 55, 210
- --birth of the first daughter of, 83
- --second daughter of, 101, 106
- --third daughter of, 109
- --fourth daughter of, 112, 169
- --fifth daughter of, 208
- --sixth and seventh daughters of, 209
-
- Nezemmut, sister of Queen Nefertiti, 109, 212
- --marriage of, to Horemheb, King of Egypt, 269
-
- Nubia, imperial regard of Akhnaton for, 189 _et seq._
- --temple of Aton in, 191
-
-
- Osiris, god of the dead, worship of, 20
-
-
- Palace of Akhnaton, description of the, 205 _et seq._
-
- Psalm civ., similarity of Akhnaton’s hymn to, 155 _et seq._
-
- Ptah, the Vulcan of Egypt, worship of, 16, 21, 85
-
-
- Ra or Ra-Horakhti, the sun-god, worship of, 12, 14, 21, 45 _et seq._,
- 51, 58, 59, 64, 70, 86, 92
-
- Rames, Vizir of Upper Egypt, tomb of, 66, 68, 81, 84, 148
-
- Ribaddi, King of Byblos, appeals of, to Akhnaton for help, 235, 239,
- 242
- --death of, 247
-
-
- Set, the worship of, 16
-
- Setepenra, sixth daughter of Akhnaton, birth of, 209
-
- “Shade of the Sun,” the, Queen Tiy’s private temple called,
- 182 _et seq._
- --statues in, 182, 196
-
- Smenkhkara, Akhnaton’s successor to the throne, 211, 253
- --marriage of, 254
- --association of, with Akhnaton, as co-ruler, _ib._
- --accession of, as sole ruler, 258
- --death of, 264
-
- “Son of God,” Akhnaton the, by traditional right, 130 _et seq._
-
- “Son of the Sun,” the title of, held by the Pharaohs, 14, 71, 74,
- 131, 197
-
- Soul, spiritual needs of the, after death, 138 _et seq._
- --material needs of the, 143 _et seq._
- --the excommunication of a, 276
-
- Sunrise and sunset, worship of Aton at, 124 _et seq._
-
- Syria, imperial regard of Akhnaton for, 189 _et seq._
- --temple of Aton in, 191
- --Hittite invasion of, 223 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton’s policy in, 226 _et seq._
- --the fighting in, becomes general, 235 _et seq._
-
-
- Tadukhipa: see Nefertiti
-
- Temple of Aton, description of the great, 198 _et seq._
-
- Tender Father of all Creation, Aton as the, 118 _et seq._
-
- Thebes, discoveries in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings near, 4,
- 278 _et seq._
- --booty brought by Thothmes III. to, 8
- --the deities of, 12 _et seq._
- --the court at, 35
- --the royal palace at, 36, 43 _et seq._
- --new name of “City of the Brightness of Aton” given to, 65
- --departure of the court from, 105 _et seq._
- --Queen Tiy’s continued residence at, 176
- --Queen Tiy’s tomb at, 185
- --return of the court to, 264 _et seq._
- --body of Akhnaton brought to, 266
- --finding of Akhnaton’s body at, 277 _et seq._
-
- Thothmes I., 8
-
- Thothmes II., 8
-
- Thothmes III., 8 _et seq._
-
- Thothmes IV., 10 _et seq._, 13, 21 _et seq._, 110
-
- Tiy, Queen, birth and childhood of, 26
- --marriage of, 29 _et seq._, 112
- --children of, 39, 43, 54
- --death of the parents of, 40
- --birth of Amonhotep or Akhnaton, son of, 43 _et seq._
- --the power of, 49 _et seq._
- --death of the consort of, 57
- --visit of, to the City of the Horizon, 176 _et seq._
- --visit of, to her temple, 182 _et seq._
- --death of, 184
- --tomb of, 185 _et seq._
- --Akhnaton’s body placed in the tomb of, 266, 282
- --body of, removed, 274
-
- Tribal gods, names of, 12 _et seq._
-
- True God, Aton as the, 115 _et seq._
-
- Tuau, wife of Yuaa, Priest of the god Min, 26 _et seq._, 30, 32
- --death and burial of, 40
-
- Tunip, letter to Akhnaton from the governor of, 232
-
- Tutankhaton, the throne usurped by, 211, 252, 264
- --marriage of, 264
- --name of, changed to Tutankhamon, 266
- --return of, to Thebes, _ib._
- --death of, 267
-
- Ty, foster-parent of Queen Nefertiti, 57, 109
-
-
- Valley of the Tombs of the Kings at Thebes, the, discoveries in, 4,
- 278 _et seq._
- --burial of Yuaa and Tuau in, 40
-
- Vulture, representation of a, used in burials, 187, 259 _et seq._,
- 279, 281
-
-
- Wady Hammamât, inscriptions near the quarries of, 76, 113
-
- Warfare, Akhnaton’s conscientious scruples to, 226 _et seq._
-
- Worship of Aton at sunrise and sunset, 124 _et seq._
-
-
- Yuaa, Priest of the god Min, birth of, 25
- --marriage of Tiy, the daughter of, to Amonhotep III., 29
- --personality of, 32
- --death and burial of, 40
-
-
-THE END.
-
-
-PRINTED BY WILLIAM BLACKWOOD AND SONS.
-
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[1] Breasted: A History of Egypt.
-
-[2] N. de G. Davies: The Rock Tombs of El Amarna. 5 vols.
-
-[3] Now out of print.
-
-[4] Published by the Chicago University, 1906.
-
-[5] As will be recorded at the end of this volume, the body of
-Akhnaton was discovered by Mr Theodore M. Davis at Thebes early in
-1907; but at the time of writing (1908) the results have not been
-published in book form, though various articles have appeared.
-
-[6] The writer has to thank the editors of ‘The Quarterly Review,’
-‘Blackwood’s Magazine,’ and ‘The Century Magazine,’ for permitting
-him to embody in this volume certain portions of articles
-contributed by him to the pages of those journals.
-
-[7] Page 110.
-
-[8] Page 100.
-
-[9] The sphinx tablet.
-
-[10] Of Thothmes III. at Karnak, of Aahmes I. at Abydos, and of
-Senusert III. at Amada.
-
-[11] These ages are discussed on pages 111 and 178 (note).
-
-[12] Petrie, History, ii. p. 183. The portrait upon which he bases
-this statement, however, may be that of Akhnaton (fig. 115, p.
-182). The mouth and chin are extremely like those of Yuaa, as seen
-in his mummy; but again they both have a close resemblance to the
-head of Amonhotep III. (_idem_, fig. 120, p. 188). Of course, such
-evidence is extremely frail, and must not be too much relied upon.
-
-[13] Breasted, Records, ii. 865, note h.
-
-[14] He took the name Akhnaton in about the sixth year of his reign.
-
-[15] His statue is at Turin. See also Erman, ‘Life in Ancient
-Egypt,’ p. 297.
-
-[16] Page 39.
-
-[17] Recently discovered by the present writer whilst repairing
-this tomb.
-
-[18] His mummy is that of a man of not more than fifty.
-
-[19] The wise man Amonhotep-son-of-Hapu was steward of Princess
-Setamon’s estate, but this may have been previous to her mention in
-her grandparents’ tomb.
-
-[20] Page 111.
-
-[21] Page 56.
-
-[22] It is usual for Egyptian girls to become mothers at about the
-age of thirteen, though sometimes earlier. They often continue to
-bear children at intervals of about two years, over a period of
-thirty years or so. Fifteen children is thus the usual number of a
-family, but half these generally die in babyhood.
-
-[23] Maspero.
-
-[24] Scarabs of the early period are sometimes inscribed
-_Neb-nef-nezem_, which has this meaning.
-
-[25] The date of this work is not exactly known, but as it was
-certainly finished before the king founded his new city, it must
-have been commenced immediately upon his accession.
-
-[26] The word _benben_, “shrine,” has the hieroglyph of an obelisk
-at the end of it, which has led to some mistranslations. Perhaps
-the temple was built somewhat on the plan of that at Abusêr, where
-an obelisk stood in an open court.
-
-[27] It is possible that “found” is a mistranslation.
-
-[28] Thus corresponding to the Silsileh quarry tablet, where Amon
-is worshipped.
-
-[29] This tomb of Horemheb seems to have been begun and finished in
-the early years of Akhnaton’s reign, to have been left alone during
-the remainder of the reign, and to have received the addition
-of doorposts (see note on p. 265) after the death of Akhnaton.
-Fragments of the tomb are now divided between Leiden, Bologna,
-Vienna, Alexandria, and Cairo; and it would seem that all except
-those in the Cairo museum (the doorposts) are from the earlier
-period. The titles on the Cairo fragments are far more elaborate
-than those on the others. See Breasted, Records, iii. 1 ff.
-
-[30] We know from the “Palermo stone” that the kingdom of Lower
-Egypt was much more ancient than that of Upper Egypt.
-
-[31] In later times the name of Tiy and the Pharaoh’s second name
-were erased, but the name Amonhotep was not damaged. The facsimile
-copy here given was made on the spot by the present writer in
-correction of a previous copy made by Golénischeff. It is published
-in his ‘Travels in the Upper Egyptian Deserts’ (Blackwood).
-
-[32] Meaning the god.
-
-[33] Griffith: Kahun Papyri. Text, p. 91.
-
-[34] Is there a distant connection between Mnevis and the Minoan
-bull of Crete? See p. 183.
-
-[35] The god is sometimes called “Aton” simply, and sometimes _Pa
-Aton_, “the Aton”; just as we speak of “Christ” or “the Christ,”
-and of “Lord” or “the Lord,” this latter being the actual meaning
-of “Aton.”
-
-[36] The translation here given is based upon that published by
-Davies in Amarna V.; but the year cannot be the fourth, as there
-stated as probable, since in the above-mentioned letter dated
-in year 5 the king is still called Amonhotep, whereas in this
-inscription he is called Akhnaton.
-
-[37] The day is not certain; perhaps it is day 4.
-
-[38] For the sake of brevity it is often called “the City of the
-Horizon,” simply, in this volume.
-
-[39] Mediterranean people.
-
-[40] This has reference to the rays which come from the Aton.
-
-[41] This seems to have been a temple.
-
-[42] The second name of Amonhotep III., Akhnaton’s father.
-
-[43] The second name of Thothmes IV., Akhnaton’s grandfather.
-
-[44] The _ater_ corresponds to the Greek _schoinos_, and the _khe_
-is the _schoenium_ of 100 cubits, 40 _khe_ making one _ater_.
-
-[45] See note on p. 178.
-
-[46] Davies, Amarna, I. 45.
-
-[47] The idea is that the Aton does not die as dies the sunlight.
-
-[48] Probably by royal descent is meant.
-
-[49] In Egyptian this title reads _Pa shera nefer en pa Aton_. In
-the tomb of a certain Amonhotep, at El Assasîf, temp. Amonhotep
-III., the deceased Amonhotep I. is called _Pa shera nefer en Amon_.
-
-[50] So Prof. Breasted translates the Egyptian _sehetep_, though it
-would be possible to give it other interpretations.
-
-[51] Cf. such expressions as “When thou settest they die,” and
-others used in Akhnaton’s hymns.
-
-[52] Professor Breasted’s translation.
-
-[53] In the tomb of Huya the scene is dated in the twelfth year,
-as here recorded, and there are four daughters shown, which is the
-number one is led by other evidence to suppose were then alive. The
-scene in the tomb of Meryra II. has precisely the same date, but
-six daughters are shown, and there is evidence to show that that
-number is not to be looked for previous to the fifteenth year of
-the reign, the first daughter being born in about the fifth year,
-the second in the seventh, the third in the ninth, the fourth
-in the eleventh, the fifth in the thirteenth, and the sixth in
-the fifteenth year, in all probability. Thus the scene in Meryra
-II. may perhaps represent no particular reception of the tribute
-of any one year, but the artist may have had in mind the great
-tribute of the twelfth year while representing the occurrence in
-the fifteenth or sixteenth year, at which date his work was taking
-place. Or again the date in this latter tomb may be a misreading or
-miswriting. The scene described above is that represented in the
-tomb of Meryra, as it is more elaborate than the other; but the
-inscription is that found in the tomb of Huya.
-
-[54] Her first child, it will be remembered, was born when she was
-about thirteen.
-
-[55] It is probable, as has been stated on p. 111, that she was
-married to Amonhotep III. in about her tenth year, and was thus
-about forty-six when he died. She could not have been much more,
-for her daughter Baketaton must have been born but a year or so
-before Amonhotep’s death, and it is improbable that she would bear
-children after forty-five, if as late as that.
-
-[56] It is to be noticed that there are pomegranates amongst the
-fruit, which indicates that the visit was made during the summer,
-as do the light costumes also.
-
-[57] Davies: Amarna, iii. 8, note 1.
-
-[58] This is to be observed also in some other inscriptions of the
-period.
-
-[59] Breasted: History of Egypt, p. 364.
-
-[60] Page 177.
-
-[61] It is usual to date the tombs roughly by the number of
-daughters shown, presuming that the artist represented all the
-children living at the time. But though this gives us the lowest
-possible year, it does not always give us the highest, for
-daughters are obviously sometimes omitted when the available space
-was cramped.
-
-[62] Page 63.
-
-[63] Page 107.
-
-[64] Davies: El Amarna, iii., Pl. xviii.
-
-[65] Page 182.
-
-[66] Davies: El Amarna.
-
-[67] Wilkinson: Modern Egypt, ii. 69.
-
-[68] Davies: El Amarna.
-
-[69] It is probable that there was some likeness between Akhnaton’s
-temples and those dedicated to the sun in early days, as, for
-example that at Abusêr.
-
-[70] Perhaps this is a part of the royal palace.
-
-[71] Petrie: El Amarna.
-
-[72] Petrie: History of Egypt, ii. 219.
-
-[73] Page 75.
-
-[74] Page 192.
-
-[75] She probably married some Egyptian noble, and her future
-career is recorded on p. 269.
-
-[76] The plaster has now fallen off, and little of the original
-decoration remains. The tomb is seldom visited by tourists, being
-seven miles back from the river; but it is in charge of the
-Government custodian.
-
-[77] The reception of the tribute recorded in the tomb of Meryra
-II. (see page 170), although dated in the twelfth year of the
-reign, may represent a later event, since six daughters are shown
-in the scene; and it is not likely that the sixth daughter was born
-before the fifteenth year. Perhaps the date is a misreading or
-miswriting, influenced by that given in the tomb of Huya.
-
-[78] Breasted: History, p. 388.
-
-[79] It is doubtful whether the second sign is _menkh_ or _ȧa͑_,
-they being somewhat alike.
-
-[80] Page 187.
-
-[81] The scarab, another symbol from older times, seems to have
-been retained, for a gold heart-scarab is said to have been found
-in Akhnaton’s tomb.--Petrie: History of Egypt, ii. 220.
-
-[82] In Egyptian: Ḥeq nefer, Ra͑ setept, Seten bati, A͑nkh em
-Mȧa͑t, Neb taui, Akhnaton, Pa sherȧ nefer en Pa Aton a͑nkh, enti
-ȧuf a͑nkhu ren ḥeḥ zet. This was all that was written upon the
-coffin.
-
-[83] Probably he is to be identified with Tutu, a well-known noble
-of this period--the words _ankhaton_, “Living in Aton,” being added
-to make the name more majestic.
-
-[84] See note on page 67. This inscription is found on the
-doorposts of the tomb of Horemheb, which, by the greatly increased
-titles, were set up some time after the rest of the tomb was
-finished, and thus probably in the reign of Tutankhaton. A fragment
-of gold-leaf has recently been found showing this king in his
-chariot charging Asiatic enemies. The present writer recently found
-part of a shrine of his in the desert on the road to the gold
-mines. See ‘Travels in the Upper Egyptian Deserts’ (Blackwood).
-
-[85] The present writer assisted at the opening of this tomb.
-A full account of the find will be published by Mr Davis, and
-therefore only a brief description, already published with Mr
-Davis’s permission in article form, must be given here.
-
-
-
-
- TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE
-
- Obvious typographical errors and punctuation errors have been
- corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within
- the text and consultation of external sources.
-
- Except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the text,
- and inconsistent or archaic usage, have been retained: for example,
- burial-chamber, burial chamber; underworld, under-world; intrust;
- unbiassed; engrained.
-
- Pg xi: ‘ART OF AKHNATION’ replaced by ‘ART OF AKHNATON’.
- Pg xii: ‘MAP OF AKHHETATON’ replaced by ‘MAP OF AKHETATON’.
- Pg 158: ‘who seens to have’ replaced by ‘who seems to have’.
- Pg 178: ‘elaborate footsools’ replaced by ‘elaborate footstools’.
- Pg 205: ‘the light rooves’ replaced by ‘the light roofs’.
- Pg 236: ‘the Egptian yoke’ replaced by ‘the Egyptian yoke’.
- Pg 262 Footnote [82]: ‘In Egytian’ replaced by ‘In Egyptian’.
-
- Index.
- Dushratta: ‘marriage of Nesemmut’ replaced by ‘marriage of Nezemmut’.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Life and Times of Akhnaton, by
-Arthur Edward Pearse Weigall
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LIFE AND TIMES OF AKHNATON ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62434-0.txt or 62434-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/4/3/62434/
-
-Produced by John Campbell and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
-produced from images generously made available by The
-Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-